Sie sind auf Seite 1von 228

Marx|Okubo Associates, Inc. | 41 Perimeter Center East, Suite 640 | Atlanta, GA 30346 | 770.407.2900 | WWW.MARXOKUBO.

COM

A
t
l
a
n
t
a

|

D
a
l
l
a
s

|

D
e
n
v
e
r

|

H
o
u
s
t
o
n

|

I
r
v
i
n
e

|

P
a
s
a
d
e
n
a

|

S
a
n

F
r
a
n
c
i
s
c
o

|

S
e
a
t
t
l
e

|

W
h
i
t
e

P
l
a
i
n
s






PROJECT MANUAL







Crimson Apartments

1100 17th Street
Tuscaloosa, Alabama 35401












BID SET
August 26, 2014




Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045



CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


SECTION 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
Number Section Title

Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements

00 01 01 Project Title Page
00 01 10 Table of Contents
00 01 15 List of Drawings
00 11 16 Invitation to Bid
00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders
00 31 19 Existing Conditions
00 41 43 Bid Form
00 52 00 Agreement Form
00 60 00 Forms
00 70 00 General Conditions
00 73 00 Supplemental Conditions

Division 01 General Information

01 10 00 Summary of Work
01 14 00 Work Restrictions
01 14 16 Coordination with Occupants
01 26 00 Contract Modification Procedures
01 29 00 Payment Procedures
01 29 73 Schedule of Values
01 31 13 Project Management and Coordination
01 31 19 Project Meetings
01 33 00 Submittal Procedures
01 40 00 Quality Requirements
01 42 19 Reference Standards
01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Control
01 60 00 Product Requirements
01 63 00 Product Substitution Procedures
01 74 23 Final Cleaning
01 77 00 Closeout Procedure
01 78 36 Product Warranties



Division 02 Existing Conditions
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045



Not Used

Division 03 Concrete

Not Used

Division 04 Masonry

04 01 10 Masonry Cleaning
04 01 20.63 Brick Masonry Repair
04 01 20.64 Brick Masonry Repointing

Division 05 Metals

Not Used

Division 06 Wood, Plastics, and Composites

Not Used

Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection

07.24.19 Exterior insulation and Finish System (EIFS)
07 25 00 Weather Barriers
07 54 23 Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing
07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
07 92 00 Joint Sealants

Division 08 Openings

Not Used

Division 09 Finishes

09 22 00 Portland Cement Plastering
09 90 00 Painting
09 91 13 SW paint spec guide
09 92 50 Gypsum Board

Division 10 Specialties

Not Used
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045



Division 11 Equipment

Not Used

Division 12 - Furnishings

Not Used

Division 13 Special Construction

Not Used
Division 14 Conveying Systems

Not Used

Division 15 to 20

Not Used

Division 21 Fire Suppression

Not Used

Division 22 - Plumbing

Not Used

Division 23 - HVAC

Not Used

Division 24 and 25 Not Used

Division 26 - Electrical

Not Used

Division 27 to 30

Not Used


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


Division 31 Earthwork

Not Used

Division 32 Exterior Improvements

Not Used

Division 33 and on Not Used

Exhibit A

Site Photos

Exhibit B

Example manufacturers approved guidelines
Example manufacturers approved warranty guidelines

END OF SECTION 00 01 10
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


SECTION 00 01 15 LIST OF DRAWINGS
Sheet
Number Sheet Title Date
General Drawings
T-1.01 Title Sheet 08/26/14
T-1.02 Symbols and Abbreviations 08/26/14
T-2.01 Sheet Index 08/26/14
T-3.01 Material Legend 08/26/14
T-4.01 General Notes 08/26/14
T-5.01 Project Description 08/26/14

Architectural Drawings
A-1.00 Site Plan 08/26/14
A-2.01 Building 1 and 5, East and West Elevations 08/26/14
A-2.02 Building 1 and 5, North and South Elevations 08/26/14
A-2.03 Building 2, West and South Elevations 08/26/14
A-2.04 Building 2, East and North Elevations 08/26/14
A-2.05 Building 3, South and North Elevations 08/26/14
A-2.06 Building 3, East and West Elevations 08/26/14
A-2.07 Building 4, East and West Elevations 08/26/14
A-2.08 Building 4, North and South Elevations 08/26/14
A-5.01 Partial Section Detail 1 & 2 08/26/14
A-5.02 Partial Section Detail 1 08/26/14
A-5.03 Isometric and Plan Details 08/26/14



END OF SECTION 00 01 15
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 01 15 - 1 List of Drawings
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 11 16 Invitation to Bid
SECTION 00 11 16 - INVITATION TO BID
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. Notice to Bidders: Prequalified bidders are invited to submit bids for Project as
described in this Document according to the Instructions to Bidders.
B. Project Identification: Crimson Apartments
1. Project Location: 1100 17th Street, Tuscaloosa, Alabama 35401
C. Owner: Campus Advantage
110 Wild Basin Road, Suite 365
Austin, Texas 78746
1. Owner's Representative: Mr. Michael Hanley, MHanley@campusadv.com
D. Architect: Marx|Okubo
41 Perimeter Center East
Suite 640
Atlanta, Georgia 30346
770-407-2900
Contact: David M. Standard, AIA or
Edward A. Bernard, AIA.
E. Project Description: Project consists of:
1. Replacing displaced rowlock and displaced brick on the perimeter of all of the
apartment buildings, replace all damaged building wrap, flashing, metal lath, and
building paper. Flashing, weep screed, and stucco to match the existing
thickness and texture should be installed. Repair damage to the interior walls of
apartments due to the stucco and brick removal.

2. The contractor will saw cut a new control joint over each arched opening at
balconies and breezeway entrances of Buildings 1 through 5. This will require
routing and re-point step cracking at masonry joints around these locations and
replacing broken bricks and cracked bricks. New backer rod and sealant should
be installed.

3. Remove and replace the roof and the joist from the Meter Rooms on each end of
Buildings 1-5 leaving the shelf angle supporting the brick above in place. There
are two separate rooms on each end of each building. This will require removal
and replacement of the rowlock and additional running bond brick courses to
lower the height of the walls around the Meter Rooms to increase the roof slope
and to properly flash the roof into the building wall. All damaged or removed
building wrap, flashing, and building paper will need to be replaced and then a
new sheathing, flashing, building wrap, and brick to match the existing brick
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 11 16 Invitation to Bid
design should be installed. Repair damage to the interior of apartments due to
construction. Repair damage to apartments due to existing leaks from the
existing conditions.
F. Construction Contract: Bids will be received for the following Work:
1. General Contract (all trades).
1.2 BID SUBMITTAL AND OPENING
A. Owner will receive sealed bids until the bid time and date at the location indicated
below. Owner will consider bids prepared in compliance with the Instructions to
Bidders issued by Owner, and delivered as follows:
1. Bid Date: Friday, September 12, 2014
2. Bid Time: 5:00 p.m. Central Standard Time.
3. Location: Campus Advantage
110 Wild Basin Road, Suite 365
Austin, Texas 78746
(512) 472-6222
B. Bids will be thereafter privately opened.
1.3 BID SECURITY
A. No bids may be withdrawn for a period of 90 days after opening of bids. Owner
reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive informalities and
irregularities.
1.4 PRE-BID CONFERENCE
A. A pre-bid conference for all bidders will be held at Crimson Apartments on September
4, 2014 at 10 AM central standard time. Prospective bidders are required to attend.
1.5 DOCUMENTS
A. Printed Procurement and Contracting Documents: Obtain after September 3, 2014 by
contacting Marx|Okubo. Documents will be provided to prime bidders only; only
complete sets of documents will be issued.
1. Cost: $150.00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 11 16 Invitation to Bid
2. Shipping: Additional shipping charges of $30 will apply.
B. Online Procurement and Contracting Documents: Obtain access after August 26, 2014
by contacting Campus Advantage, Michael Handley. Online access will be provided to
prime bidders only.
1.6 TIME OF COMPLETION
A. Bidders shall begin the Work on receipt of the Notice to Proceed and shall complete
the Work within the Contract Time.
1.7 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Bidders must be prequalified by Owner.
B. Bidders must be properly licensed under the laws governing their respective trades
and be able to obtain insurance and bonds required for the Work.
END OF DOCUMENT 00 11 16
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 21 13 Instruction to Bidders
SECTION 00 21 13-INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. PROJECT: Crimson Apartments
1100 17th Street
Tuscaloosa, Alabama 35401

2. OWNER: Campus Advantage
110 Wild Basin Road, Suite 365
Austin, Texas 78746
Contact: Mr. Michael Hanley
MHanley@campusadv.com

3. PROPERTY
MANAGER: Crimson Apartments
Phone: 205-469-9752
Contact: Amy Verner

4. PROJECT
MANAGER: Campus Advantage
110 Wild Basin Road, Suite 365
Austin, Texas 78746
Contact: Mr. Michael Hanley
MHanley@campusadv.com


5. BIDDERS

A. Prime Bidder
1. Prime Bidders who are Alabama licensed for work proposed as sole prime
contractor.
2. Proposals from other contractors will not be accepted.
3. There will be no joint venture accepted.

B. Subcontractors
1. Alabama licensed for work required. Proposed subcontractors found to be
unlicensed in the State shall be replaced with qualified at no additional cost to
the Owner.
2. Bidding: To Prime Bidders only.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 21 13 Instruction to Bidders
6. REQUIREMENTS

A. Instructions to Bidders: American Institute of Architects Document A701,
Instructions to Bidders.

B. Examination of Project Site and Documents
1. Required of Prime Bidder and subcontractors prior to submitting proposals.
2. Examinations shall further include correlation between existing site conditions
and requirements of documents; and coordination necessary for, with, or
between adjacent or interrelated work or operations.

C. Contract Time: To Be Determined

D. Agreements
1. As included with the Contract Documents.
2. Terms: As set forth in the Agreement.

E. Changes, modifications, clarifications, interpretations and instructions prior to
signing the Agreement shall be valid only when issued by the Owner's
Representative in written addendum form.

F. Owner's Representative Reserves the Right to:
1. Accept or reject any or all bids.
2. Waive any irregularities in the bidding procedure.
3. Accept or reject any/all subcontractors proposed.
4. Negotiate any changes deemed necessary before or after signing the Agreement.

7. PRE-BID CONFERENCE

A. A Pre-Bid Conference will be held at the site by invitation (separate notice) on
September 4, 2014. Attendance is mandatory. Invited bidders are to meet as
directed. Bidders shall become thoroughly familiar with the terms and conditions of
the Bidding Documents and conditions affecting the performance and costs of the
work prior to submission of bid. Additional visits to site will be by appointment only.
Contact:

Michael Hanley
Campus Advantage
110 Wild Basin Road, Suite 365
Austin, Texas 78746
512 472 6222


Representatives of the Owner will be present to answer questions regarding the
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 21 13 Instruction to Bidders
project.

8. SUBMISSION OF BIDS

A. Bids shall be sent via email, FedEx or equivalent courier, to be received no later than
Friday, September 12, 2014 at 2:00 PM Eastern Standard Time and shall be
addressed to:

Michael Hanley
Campus Advantage
110 Wild Basin Road, Suite 365
Austin, Texas 78746
512 472 6222


B. No bid may be modified unless a written modification signed in the same manner as
the bid is actually received before opening time. Bids may be withdrawn anytime
before bid opening time. No bid will be accepted after that hour and date.

C. Bids shall indicate and include all of the following:

a. Proposed Fee Structure (above).
b. Detailed breakdown of hard cost construction budget (forms included).
c. Preliminary Construction Schedule showing proposed initiation and completion
of each project component.
d. Key personnel resume Project Manager, Superintendent, and Project Engineer.
e. List of similar projects completed within the last three(3) years, including local
projects.
f. List of self-performed trades.
g. Hourly rates (S/T, O/T, D/T) of self-performed labor (wage, labor burden, taxes,
O&P).
h. General Conditions Detailed List Estimated Cost/Week for contract extension if
required.
i. Clarifications and Exclusions.

D. Bidders will be issued one Bid Packet and Project Manual in electronic PDF form. No
sets will be issued to subcontractors, who are expected to get their material from
the prime bidders.


END OF SECTION 00 21 13
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 00 31 19 Existing Conditions
SECTION 00 31 19-EXISTING CONDITIONS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

A. Copies of the original construction drawings will not be provided during the bidding
process.

1.2 EXISTING FACILITY

A. The existing facility is to remain in use and be occupied at all times.

B. Contractor is to work with project team to sequence and arrange work so as to
minimize tenant disturbance.

C. Protect all work areas and areas used for access and storage from soiling. Clean
damage to existing facility to Owner's satisfaction or replace the damaged items.

D. Protect all landscape areas, sod areas, shrubs and trees from the work, and promptly
replace any damaged plants and landscape areas.

1.3 EXISTING CONDITIONS

A. The contractor will be responsible for providing all construction required to
complete the project based on existing conditions. The contractor shall visit the site
and assess all existing conditions to be included in their bid and shall provide
exclusions for work not included.





END OF SECTION 00 31 19


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 1 Bid Form

DOCUMENT 00 41 43 - BID FORM

BID TO: Michael Hanley
Campus Advantage
110 Wild Basin Road, Suite 365
Austin, Texas 78746
512 472 6222


BID FROM:




1. The undersigned BIDDER, having the license required by the Contractor's License
Law, agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an agreement with the OWNER, in
the form included in the Bidding Documents, to perform and furnish the Work as
specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the Bid Price and within the Bid
Times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of
the Contract Documents.
2. In submitting this Bid, BIDDER represents, as more fully set forth in the agreement,
that:
a. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days after the day of Bid
opening;
b. BIDDER will be certified thru a third party, compliancedepot.net, at the
OWNER'S expense.
c. This Bid includes a certificate of liability insurance that covers this project.
d. The Owner has the right to reject this Bid;
e. BIDDER will sign and submit all documents required by the Bidding
Requirements within 10 days after the date of OWNER's Notice of Award;
f. BIDDER has examined copies of all the Bidding Documents having received
the Contract Conditions, Drawings and Project Scope for the Crimson
Apartments Exterior Repairs in Tuscaloosa, Alabama;
g. BIDDER has visited the site and become familiar with the general, local and
site conditions;
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 2 Bid Form

h. BIDDER is familiar with Federal, State and local laws and regulations;
i. BIDDER has correlated the information known to BIDDER, information and
observations obtained from visits to the site, reports and drawings identified
in the Bidding Documents, and additional examinations, investigations,
explorations, tests, studies and data with the Bidding Documents;
j. This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of an
undisclosed person, firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity
with an agreement or rules of a group, association, organization or
corporation; BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited
another Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; BIDDER has not solicited or
induced a person, firm or corporation to refrain from bidding; and BIDDER
has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself an advantage over another
BIDDER or over the OWNER.
BIDDER has received the following Addenda, receipt which is hereby
acknowledged:
Date Number

3. BIDDER ASSUMPTIONS:
a. Project Schedule: Anticipated Start Date September or October 2014
b. Attend Introduction Meeting September 3, 2014 and any subsequent Pre-bid
meetings as notified;
c. Building Permit Fees will be paid by Contractor;
d. Contractor responsible for protecting landscaping or existing finishes not
affected by Work;
e. Minimum 2 Year Warranty on all repairs to be provided by Contractor;
4. BASE CONTRACT: Cost Basis of the Base Contract is Unit Pricing except for those
items noted as Lump Sum. Base Contract Values shall be determined by multiplying
the Contractor calculated quantities and the Contractor's Unit pricing. Adjustments
to the Base Contract Values will utilize Contractor Unit Pricing and be processed as
Contract Change Orders. Bidder will complete the following Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents:

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 3 Bid Form

BUILDING 1
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
ESTIMATE
FOR BID
PURPOSE*
ENTER
UNIT PRICE
ENTER
BID COST
BRICK AND STUCCO REPAIRS
BS-1 Remove and replace the
rowlock, soldier course, and
two additional running bond
courses from the
circumference of Buildings 1. $ /LF $
BS-2 Remove and replace an extra
6 courses of brick at all
corners and reinstall metal
brick ties. $ /LF $
BS-3 Saw cut, remove stucco 12"
above the existing rowlock
and flashing from the
circumference of Buildings 1.
Grind a 3" cut-back on the
existing stucco and at the
removed stucco. $ /LF $
BS-4 Replace all damaged building
wrap, building paper, lath,
flashing, weep screed and
stucco. $ /LF $
BS-5 Repaint all stucco new and
existing. $ /LF $
BRICK AND STUCCO SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS
BCJ-1 Saw cut a new control joint
over each arched opening at
balconies and breezeway
entrances. $ /LF** $
BCJ-2 Route and tuck point step
cracks. $ /LF** $
BCJ-3 Replace broken bricks $ /SF** $
BCJ-4 Install new backer rod and
sealant $ /LF** $


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 4 Bid Form

BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS SUBTOTAL (BID) $
METER ROOM REPAIRS
MRR-1 Remove and replace the roof,
sheathing, and joist spanning
over the meter room area. $ /SF $
MRR-2 Remove and replace brick
rowlock at the top perimeter
of the brick wall. Remove
brick courses to a new height
to create increased slope of
the roof. $ /SF $
MRR-3 Install new building wrap,
flashing, sheathing, and brick $ /SF $
MRR-4 Replace gypsum board ceiling. $ /LF $
MRR-5 Install new TPO roof
membrane with edge flashing. $ /LF $
METER ROOM SUBTOTAL (BID) $
EXTERIOR FINISHES
EF-1 Repair of cracked joints and
damaged gypsum board
ceilings in the breezeways and
apartment balconies $ /EA $
EF-4 Clean, prep and repainting
exteriors of the Apartment
Buildings and previously
painted surfaces $ /SF $
EXTERIOR FINISH SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BUILDING 1 TOTAL


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 5 Bid Form

BUILDING 2
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
ESTIMATE
FOR BID
PURPOSE*
ENTER
UNIT PRICE
ENTER
BID COST
BRICK AND STUCCO REPAIRS
BS-1 Remove and replace the
rowlock, soldier course, and
two additional running bond
courses from the
circumference of Buildings 2. $ /LF $
BS-2 Remove and replace an extra
6 courses of brick at all
corners and reinstall metal
brick ties. $ /LF $
BS-3 Saw cut, remove stucco 12"
above the existing rowlock
and flashing from the
circumference of Buildings 2.
Grind a 3" cut-back on the
existing stucco and at the
removed stucco. $ /LF $
BS-4 Replace all damaged building
wrap, building paper, lath,
flashing, weep screed and
stucco. $ /LF $
BS-5 Repaint all stucco new and
existing. $ /LF $
BRICK AND STUCCO SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS
BCJ-1 Saw cut a new control joint
over each arched opening at
balconies and breezeway
entrances. $ /LF** $
BCJ-2 Route and tuck point step
cracks. $ /LF** $
BCJ-3 Replace broken bricks $ /SF** $
BCJ-4 Install new backer rod and
sealant $ /LF** $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS SUBTOTAL (BID) $
METER ROOM REPAIRS
MRR-1 Remove and replace the roof,
sheathing, and joist spanning
over the meter room area. $ /SF $


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 6 Bid Form

MRR-2 Remove and replace brick
rowlock at the top perimeter
of the brick wall. Remove
brick courses to a new height
to create increased slope of
the roof. $ /SF $
MRR-3 Install new building wrap,
flashing, sheathing, and brick $ /SF $
MRR-4 Replace gypsum board ceiling. $ /LF $
MRR-5 Install new TPO roof
membrane with edge flashing. $ /LF $
METER ROOM SUBTOTAL (BID) $
EXTERIOR FINISHES
EF-1 Repair of cracked joints and
damaged gypsum board
ceilings in the breezeways and
apartment balconies $ /EA $
EF-4 Clean, prep and repainting
exteriors of the Apartment
Buildings and previously
painted surfaces $ /SF $
EXTERIOR FINISH SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BUILDING 2 TOTAL


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 7 Bid Form

BUILDING 3
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
ESTIMATE
FOR BID
PURPOSE*
ENTER
UNIT PRICE
ENTER
BID COST
BRICK AND STUCCO REPAIRS
BS-1 Remove and replace the
rowlock, soldier course, and
two additional running bond
courses from the
circumference of Buildings 3. $ /LF $
BS-2 Remove and replace an extra
6 courses of brick at all
corners and reinstall metal
brick ties. $ /LF $
BS-3 Saw cut, remove stucco 12"
above the existing rowlock
and flashing from the
circumference of Buildings 3.
Grind a 3" cut-back on the
existing stucco and at the
removed stucco. $ /LF $
BS-4 Replace all damaged building
wrap, building paper, lath,
flashing, weep screed, and
stucco. $ /LF $
BS-5 Repaint all stucco new and
existing. $ /LF $
BRICK AND STUCCO SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS
BCJ-1 Saw cut a new control joint
over each arched opening at
balconies and breezeway
entrances. $ /LF** $
BCJ-2 Route and tuck point step
cracks. $ /LF** $
BCJ-3 Replace broken bricks $ /SF** $
BCJ-4 Install new backer rod and
sealant $ /LF** $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS SUBTOTAL (BID) $
METER ROOM REPAIRS
MRR-1 Remove and replace the roof,
sheathing, and joist spanning
over the meter room area. $ /SF $


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 8 Bid Form

MRR-2 Remove and replace brick
rowlock at the top perimeter
of the brick wall. Remove
brick courses to a new height
to create increased slope of
the roof. $ /SF $
MRR-3 Install new building wrap,
flashing, sheathing, and brick $ /SF $
MRR-4 Replace gypsum board ceiling. $ /LF $
MRR-5 Install new TPO roof
membrane with edge flashing. $ /LF $
METER ROOM SUBTOTAL (BID) $
EXTERIOR FINISHES
EF-1 Repair of cracked joints and
damaged gypsum board
ceilings in the breezeways and
apartment balconies $ /EA $
EF-4 Clean, prep and repainting
exteriors of the Apartment
Buildings and previously
painted surfaces $ /SF $
EXTERIOR FINISH SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BUILDING 3 TOTAL


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 9 Bid Form

BUILDING 4
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
ESTIMATE
FOR BID
PURPOSE*
ENTER
UNIT PRICE
ENTER
BID COST
BRICK AND STUCCO REPAIRS
BS-1 Remove and replace the
rowlock, soldier course, and
two additional running bond
courses from the
circumference of Buildings 4. $ /LF $
BS-2 Remove and replace an extra
6 courses of brick at all
corners and reinstall metal
brick ties. $ /LF $
BS-3 Saw cut, remove stucco 12"
above the existing rowlock
and flashing from the
circumference of Buildings 4.
Grind a 3" cut-back on the
existing stucco and at the
removed stucco. $ /LF $
BS-4 Replace all damaged building
wrap, building paper, lath,
flashing, weep screed and
stucco. $ /LF $
BS-5 Repaint all stucco new and
existing. $ /LF $
BRICK AND STUCCO SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS
BCJ-1 Saw cut a new control joint
over each arched opening at
balconies and breezeway
entrances. $ /LF** $
BCJ-2 Route and tuck point step
cracks. $ /LF** $
BCJ-3 Replace broken bricks $ /SF** $
BCJ-4 Install new backer rod and
sealant $ /LF** $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS SUBTOTAL (BID) $
METER ROOM REPAIRS
MRR-1 Remove and replace the roof,
sheathing, and joist spanning
over the meter room area. $ /SF $


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 10 Bid Form

MRR-2 Remove and replace brick
rowlock at the top perimeter
of the brick wall. Remove
brick courses to a new height
to create increased slope of
the roof. $ /SF $
MRR-3 Install new building wrap,
flashing, sheathing, and brick $ /SF $
MRR-4 Replace gypsum board ceiling. $ /LF $
MRR-5 Install new TPO roof
membrane with edge flashing. $ /LF $
METER ROOM SUBTOTAL (BID) $
EXTERIOR FINISHES
EF-1 Repair of cracked joints and
damaged gypsum board
ceilings in the breezeways and
apartment balconies $ /EA $
EF-4 Clean, prep and repainting
exteriors of the Apartment
Buildings and previously
painted surfaces $ /SF $
EXTERIOR FINISH SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BUILDING 4 TOTAL


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 11 Bid Form

BUILDING 5
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
ESTIMATE
FOR BID
PURPOSE*
ENTER
UNIT PRICE
ENTER
BID COST
BRICK AND STUCCO REPAIRS
BS-1 Remove and replace the
rowlock, soldier course, and
two additional running bond
courses from the
circumference of Buildings 5. $ /LF $
BS-2 Remove and replace an extra
6 courses of brick at all
corners and reinstall metal
brick ties. $ /LF $
BS-3 Saw cut, remove stucco 12"
above the existing rowlock
and flashing from the
circumference of Buildings 5.
Grind a 3" cut-back on the
existing stucco and at the
removed stucco. $ /LF $
BS-4 Replace all damaged building
wrap, building paper, lath,
flashing, weep screed and
stucco $ /LF $
BS-5 Repaint all stucco new and
existing. $ /LF $
BRICK AND STUCCO SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS
BCJ-1 Saw cut a new control joint
over each arched opening at
balconies and breezeway
entrances. $ /LF** $
BCJ-2 Route and tuck point step
cracks. $ /LF** $
BCJ-3 Replace broken bricks $ /SF** $
BCJ-4 Install new backer rod and
sealant $ /LF** $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS SUBTOTAL (BID) $
METER ROOM REPAIRS
MRR-1 Remove and replace the roof,
sheathing, and joist spanning
over the meter room area. $ /SF $


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 12 Bid Form

MRR-2 Remove and replace brick
rowlock at the top perimeter
of the brick wall. Remove
brick courses to a new height
to create increased slope of
the roof. $ /SF $
MRR-3 Install new building wrap,
flashing, sheathing, and brick $ /SF $
MRR-4 Replace gypsum board ceiling. $ /LF $
MRR-5 Install new TPO roof
membrane with edge flashing. $ /LF $
METER ROOM SUBTOTAL (BID) $
EXTERIOR FINISHES
EF-1 Repair of cracked joints and
damaged gypsum board
ceilings in the breezeways and
apartment balconies $ /EA $
EF-4 Clean, prep and repainting
exteriors of the Apartment
Buildings and previously
painted surfaces $ /SF $
EXTERIOR FINISH SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BUILDING 5 TOTAL


BUILDING
ENTER
BID COST
BUILDING 1 $
BUILDING 2
$
BUILDING 3
$
BUILDING 4
$
BUILDING 5
$
CONSTRUCTION SUMMARY COST
$

GENERAL CONDITIONS/GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
GCR-1 Mobilization 1 LUMP SUM $
GCR-2 Project Management and
Supervision
1
LUMP SUM $
GCR-3 Temporary Facilities 1 LUMP SUM $
GCR-4 Permits/Insurance 1 LUMP SUM $
GCR-5 Allowance for Interior Repairs 1 LUMP SUM $ 35,000

GENERAL COND/RQRMNTS SUBTOTAL (BID) $
CONSTRUCTION SUMMARY COSTS $

TOTAL (BID) $

*Contractor to field verify all dimensions. If discrepancies are noted, alert Marx|Okubo.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 13 Bid Form


5. ADDITIONAL ITEMS [Excluded from Base Bid]:
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
ESTIMATE
FOR BID
PURPOSE
ENTER
UNIT PRICE
ENTER
BID COST





6. Proposed Change Order Fee Structure for Work not covered by Alternates or Unit
Prices:

CATEGORY % BASIS
General Conditions
Overhead
Profit
TOTAL Cost of Work


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 14 Bid Form

BUILDING 1, alternate 1
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
ESTIMATE
FOR BID
PURPOSE*
ENTER
UNIT PRICE
ENTER
BID COST
BRICK AND STUCCO REPAIRS
BS-1 Remove and replace the
rowlock, soldier course, and
two additional running bond
courses from the
circumference of Buildings 1. $ /LF $
BS-2 Remove and replace an extra
6 courses of brick at all
corners and reinstall metal
brick ties. $ /LF $
BS-3 Saw cut, remove stucco 3-
1/2" above the existing
rowlock and flashing from the
circumference of Buildings 1.
Insert a treated wood shim
and overlay with " foam
trim, cover trim with EIFS, and
seal the top edge with
sealant. $ /LF $
BS-4 Replace all damaged building
wrap, building paper, lath,
flashing, and stucco. $ /LF $
BS-5 Touch up damaged existing
stucco and paint the new EIFS
trim to match the existing
stucco. $ /LF $
BRICK AND STUCCO SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS
BCJ-1 Saw cut a new control joint
over each arched opening at
balconies and breezeway
entrances. $ /LF** $
BCJ-2 Route and tuck point step
cracks. $ /LF** $
BCJ-3 Replace broken bricks $ /SF** $
BCJ-4 Install new backer rod and
sealant $ /LF** $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS SUBTOTAL (BID) $
METER ROOM REPAIRS
MRR-1 Remove and replace the roof,
sheathing, and joist spanning
over the meter room area. $ /SF $

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 15 Bid Form

MRR-2 Remove and replace brick
rowlock at the top perimeter
of the brick wall. Remove
brick courses to a new height
to create increased slope of
the roof. $ /SF $
MRR-3 Install new building wrap,
flashing, sheathing, and brick $ /SF $
MRR-4 Replace gypsum board ceiling. $ /LF $
MRR-5 Install new TPO roof
membrane with edge flashing. $ /LF $
METER ROOM SUBTOTAL (BID) $
EXTERIOR FINISHES
EF-1 Repair of cracked joints and
damaged gypsum board
ceilings in the breezeways and
apartment balconies $ /EA $
EF-4 Clean, prep and repainting
exteriors of the Apartment
Buildings and previously
painted surfaces $ /SF $
EXTERIOR FINISH SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BUILDING 1 TOTAL


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 16 Bid Form

BUILDING 2, alternate 1
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
ESTIMATE
FOR BID
PURPOSE*
ENTER
UNIT PRICE
ENTER
BID COST
BRICK AND STUCCO REPAIRS
BS-1 Remove and replace the
rowlock, soldier course, and
two additional running bond
courses from the
circumference of Buildings 2. $ /LF $
BS-2 Remove and replace an extra
6 courses of brick at all
corners and reinstall metal
brick ties. $ /LF $
BS-3 Saw cut, remove stucco 3-
1/2" above the existing
rowlock and flashing from the
circumference of Buildings 2.
Insert a treated wood shim
and overlay with " foam
trim, cover trim with EIFS, and
seal the top edge with
sealant. $ /LF $
BS-4 Replace all damaged building
wrap, building paper, lath,
flashing, and stucco. $ /LF $
BS-5 Touch up damaged existing
stucco and paint the new EIFS
trim to match the existing
stucco. $ /LF $
BRICK AND STUCCO SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS
BCJ-1 Saw cut a new control joint
over each arched opening at
balconies and breezeway
entrances. $ /LF** $
BCJ-2 Route and tuck point step
cracks. $ /LF** $
BCJ-3 Replace broken bricks $ /SF** $
BCJ-4 Install new backer rod and
sealant $ /LF** $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS SUBTOTAL (BID) $
METER ROOM REPAIRS
MRR-1 Remove and replace the roof,
sheathing, and joist spanning
over the meter room area. $ /SF $

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 17 Bid Form

MRR-2 Remove and replace brick
rowlock at the top perimeter
of the brick wall. Remove
brick courses to a new height
to create increased slope of
the roof. $ /SF $
MRR-3 Install new building wrap,
flashing, sheathing, and brick $ /SF $
MRR-4 Replace gypsum board ceiling. $ /LF $
MRR-5 Install new TPO roof
membrane with edge flashing. $ /LF $
METER ROOM SUBTOTAL (BID) $
EXTERIOR FINISHES
EF-1 Repair of cracked joints and
damaged gypsum board
ceilings in the breezeways and
apartment balconies $ /EA $
EF-4 Clean, prep and repainting
exteriors of the Apartment
Buildings and previously
painted surfaces $ /SF $
EXTERIOR FINISH SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BUILDING 2 TOTAL


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 18 Bid Form

BUILDING 3, alternate 1
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
ESTIMATE
FOR BID
PURPOSE*
ENTER
UNIT PRICE
ENTER
BID COST
BRICK AND STUCCO REPAIRS
BS-1 Remove and replace the
rowlock, soldier course, and
two additional running bond
courses from the
circumference of Buildings 3. $ /LF $
BS-2 Remove and replace an extra
6 courses of brick at all
corners and reinstall metal
brick ties. $ /LF $
BS-3 Saw cut, remove stucco 3-
1/2" above the existing
rowlock and flashing from the
circumference of Buildings 3.
Insert a treated wood shim
and overlay with " foam
trim, cover trim with EIFS, and
seal the top edge with
sealant. $ /LF $
BS-4 Replace all damaged building
wrap, building paper, lath,
flashing, and stucco. $ /LF $
BS-5 Touch up damaged existing
stucco and paint the new EIFS
trim to match the existing
stucco. $ /LF $
BRICK AND STUCCO SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS
BCJ-1 Saw cut a new control joint
over each arched opening at
balconies and breezeway
entrances. $ /LF** $
BCJ-2 Route and tuck point step
cracks. $ /LF** $
BCJ-3 Replace broken bricks $ /SF** $
BCJ-4 Install new backer rod and
sealant $ /LF** $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS SUBTOTAL (BID) $
METER ROOM REPAIRS
MRR-1 Remove and replace the roof,
sheathing, and joist spanning
over the meter room area. $ /SF $

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 19 Bid Form

MRR-2 Remove and replace brick
rowlock at the top perimeter
of the brick wall. Remove
brick courses to a new height
to create increased slope of
the roof. $ /SF $
MRR-3 Install new building wrap,
flashing, sheathing, and brick $ /SF $
MRR-4 Replace gypsum board ceiling. $ /LF $
MRR-5 Install new TPO roof
membrane with edge flashing. $ /LF $
METER ROOM SUBTOTAL (BID) $
EXTERIOR FINISHES
EF-1 Repair of cracked joints and
damaged gypsum board
ceilings in the breezeways and
apartment balconies $ /EA $
EF-4 Clean, prep and repainting
exteriors of the Apartment
Buildings and previously
painted surfaces $ /SF $
EXTERIOR FINISH SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BUILDING 3 TOTAL


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 20 Bid Form

BUILDING 4, alternate 1
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
ESTIMATE
FOR BID
PURPOSE*
ENTER
UNIT PRICE
ENTER
BID COST
BRICK AND STUCCO REPAIRS
BS-1 Remove and replace the
rowlock, soldier course, and
two additional running bond
courses from the
circumference of Buildings 4. $ /LF $
BS-2 Remove and replace an extra
6 courses of brick at all
corners and reinstall metal
brick ties. $ /LF $
BS-3 Saw cut, remove stucco 3-
1/2" above the existing
rowlock and flashing from the
circumference of Buildings 4.
Insert a treated wood shim
and overlay with " foam
trim, cover trim with EIFS, and
seal the top edge with
sealant. $ /LF $
BS-4 Replace all damaged building
wrap, building paper, lath,
flashing, and stucco. $ /LF $
BS-5 Touch up damaged existing
stucco and paint the new EIFS
trim to match the existing
stucco. $ /LF $
BRICK AND STUCCO SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS
BCJ-1 Saw cut a new control joint
over each arched opening at
balconies and breezeway
entrances. $ /LF** $
BCJ-2 Route and tuck point step
cracks. $ /LF** $
BCJ-3 Replace broken bricks $ /SF** $
BCJ-4 Install new backer rod and
sealant $ /LF** $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS SUBTOTAL (BID) $
METER ROOM REPAIRS
MRR-1 Remove and replace the roof,
sheathing, and joist spanning
over the meter room area. $ /SF $

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 21 Bid Form

MRR-2 Remove and replace brick
rowlock at the top perimeter
of the brick wall. Remove
brick courses to a new height
to create increased slope of
the roof. $ /SF $
MRR-3 Install new building wrap,
flashing, sheathing, and brick $ /SF $
MRR-4 Replace gypsum board ceiling. $ /LF $
MRR-5 Install new TPO roof
membrane with edge flashing. $ /LF $
METER ROOM SUBTOTAL (BID) $
EXTERIOR FINISHES
EF-1 Repair of cracked joints and
damaged gypsum board
ceilings in the breezeways and
apartment balconies $ /EA $
EF-4 Clean, prep and repainting
exteriors of the Apartment
Buildings and previously
painted surfaces $ /SF $
EXTERIOR FINISH SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BUILDING 4 TOTAL


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 22 Bid Form

BUILDING 5, alternate 1
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
ESTIMATE
FOR BID
PURPOSE*
ENTER
UNIT PRICE
ENTER
BID COST
BRICK AND STUCCO REPAIRS
BS-1 Remove and replace the
rowlock, soldier course, and
two additional running bond
courses from the
circumference of Buildings 5. $ /LF $
BS-2 Remove and replace an extra
6 courses of brick at all
corners and reinstall metal
brick ties. $ /LF $
BS-3 Saw cut, remove stucco 3-
1/2" above the existing
rowlock and flashing from the
circumference of Buildings 5.
Insert a treated wood shim
and overlay with " foam
trim, cover trim with EIFS, and
seal the top edge with
sealant. $ /LF $
BS-4 Replace all damaged building
wrap, building paper, lath,
flashing, and stucco. $ /LF $
BS-5 Touch up damaged existing
stucco and paint the new EIFS
trim to match the existing
stucco. $ /LF $
BRICK AND STUCCO SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS
BCJ-1 Saw cut a new control joint
over each arched opening at
balconies and breezeway
entrances. $ /LF** $
BCJ-2 Route and tuck point step
cracks. $ /LF** $
BCJ-3 Replace broken bricks $ /SF** $
BCJ-4 Install new backer rod and
sealant $ /LF** $
BRICK CONTROL JOINT REPAIRS SUBTOTAL (BID) $
METER ROOM REPAIRS
MRR-1 Remove and replace the roof,
sheathing, and joist spanning
over the meter room area. $ /SF $

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 23 Bid Form

MRR-2 Remove and replace brick
rowlock at the top perimeter
of the brick wall. Remove
brick courses to a new height
to create increased slope of
the roof. $ /SF $
MRR-3 Install new building wrap,
flashing, sheathing, and brick $ /SF $
MRR-4 Replace gypsum board ceiling. $ /LF $
MRR-5 Install new TPO roof
membrane with edge flashing. $ /LF $
METER ROOM SUBTOTAL (BID) $
EXTERIOR FINISHES
EF-1 Repair of cracked joints and
damaged gypsum board
ceilings in the breezeways and
apartment balconies $ /EA $
EF-4 Clean, prep and repainting
exteriors of the Apartment
Buildings and previously
painted surfaces $ /SF $
EXTERIOR FINISH SUBTOTAL (BID) $
BUILDING 5 TOTAL


BUILDING
ENTER
BID COST
BUILDING 1, alternate 1 $
BUILDING 2, alternate 1
$
BUILDING 3, alternate 1
$
BUILDING 4, alternate 1
$
BUILDING 5, alternate 1
$
CONSTRUCTION SUMMARY COST
$


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 24 Bid Form

GENERAL CONDITIONS/GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
GCR-1 Mobilization 1 LUMP SUM $
GCR-2 Project Management and
Supervision
1
LUMP SUM $
GCR-3 Temporary Facilities 1 LUMP SUM $
GCR-4 Permits/Insurance 1 LUMP SUM $
GCR-5 Allowance for Interior Repairs 1 LUMP SUM $ 35,000

GENERAL COND/RQRMNTS SUBTOTAL (BID) $
CONSTRUCTION SUMMARY COSTS $

TOTAL (BID) $

*Contractor to field verify all dimensions. If discrepancies are noted, alert Marx|Okubo.


7. ADDITIONAL ITEMS [Excluded from Base Bid]:
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
ESTIMATE
FOR BID
PURPOSE
ENTER
UNIT PRICE
ENTER
BID COST





8. Proposed Change Order Fee Structure for Work not covered by Alternates or Unit
Prices:

CATEGORY % BASIS
General Conditions
Overhead
Profit
TOTAL Cost of Work


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 41 43 - 25 Bid Form

9. Please provide the following documents attached to your bid as part of and
condition of this Bid Form:
a. Proposed Schedule, with the start date being September or October, 2014;
b. Key Personnel and related experience;
c. List of Similar Projects completed within the last 3 years;
d. List of Trades to be completed by Self-Performed Labor Forces;
e. Hourly Rates [S/T, O/T] Self-Performed Labor [Wage, Labor Burden, Taxes,
O&P];
f. Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification.
g. Certificate of Liability Insurance

10. The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid Form:
a. Project Manual and Drawings, Prepared by Marx/Okubo, dated August 26,
2014

SUBMITTED on the day of 2014.


By:
(Firm Name)


(Authorized Signature)


(Printed Name)


Business Address:



Telephone No.:

END OF DOCUMENT 00 41 43
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 00 52 00 Agreement Forms

SECTION 00 52 00-AGREEMENT FORMS

The agreement will be executed on the AIA 107-2007 Document "Standard Form of Agreement
between Owner and Contractor for a Project of Limited Scope". The Contractor shall make
themselves familiar with all aspects of this contract before execution.




END OF SECTION 00 52 00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 60 00 Forms

SECTION 00 60 00 - FORMS
1.1 FORM OF AGREEMENT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. The following form of Owner/Contractor Agreement and form of the General
Conditions shall be used for Project:
1. AIA Document A101, "Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and
Contractor, Stipulated Sum".
a. The General Conditions for Project are AIA Document A201, "General
Conditions of the Contract for Construction".
2. The General Conditions are included in the Project Manual.
3. The Supplementary Conditions for Project separately prepared and included in
the Project Manual.
4. Owner's document(s) bound following this Document.
1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE FORMS
A. Administrative Forms: Additional administrative forms are specified in Division 01
General Requirements.
B. Copies of AIA standard forms may be obtained from the American Institute of
Architects; http://www.aia.org/contractdocs/purchase/index.htm;docspurchases@aia.org;
(800) 942-7732.
C. Preconstruction Forms:
1. Form of Performance Bond and Labor and Material Bond: AIA Document A312,
"Performance Bond, and Payment Bond".
2. Form of Certificate of Insurance: AIA Document G715, "Supplemental
Attachment for ACORD Certificate of Insurance 25-S."
D. Information and Modification Forms:
1. Form for Requests for Information (RFIs): AIA Document G716, "Request for
Information (RFI)".
2. Form of Request for Proposal: AIA Document G709, "Work Changes Proposal
Request".
3. Change Order Form: AIA Document G701, "Change Order".
4. Form of Architect's Memorandum for Minor Changes in the Work:
AIA Document G707, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions".
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 60 00 Forms

5. Form of Change Directive: AIA Document G714, "Construction Change Directive".
E. Payment Forms:
1. Schedule of Values Form: AIA Document G703, "Continuation Sheet."
2. Payment Application: AIA Document G702/703, "Application, and Certificate for
Payment and Continuation Sheet".
3. Form of Contractor's Affidavit: AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of
Payment of Debts and Claims".
4. Form of Affidavit of Release of Liens: AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's
Affidavit of Payment of Release of Liens".
5. Form of Consent of Surety: AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final
Payment."
END OF DOCUMENT 00 60 00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 00 70 00 General Conditions

SECTION 00 70 00-GENERAL CONDITIONS

General Conditions are contained within the AIA A201-2007. The Contractor shall make
themselves informed as to the requirements contained within this document.




END OF SECTION 00 70 00

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions
SECTION 00 73 00 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,"
AIA Document A201, Fifteenth Edition, 1997. Where a portion of the General Conditions is
modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered provisions of the
General Conditions shall remain in effect.


ARTICLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1 Basic Definitions:

Add the following Paragraph 1.1.7 to 1.1:

"1.1.7 Owner's Authorized Agent, hereinafter referred to as 'O.A.A.' shall be the entity
designated by The Owner, to perform designated specified task."

1.2 Execution, Correlation & Intent:

Add the following Subparagraph 1.2.6 to 1.2:

"I.2.6 Sections of Division 01 General Requirements, govern the execution of all
sections of the specifications."


ARTICLE 2: OWNER

Delete Subparagraph 2.2.5 and substitute the following:

"2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, one complete set of
reproducible drawings and Project Manual. Additional copies furnished at cost of $150/
set."


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions
ARTICLE 3: CONTRACTOR

3.4 Labor and Materials:

Add the following Subparagraphs 3.4.3 and 3.4.4 to 3.4:

"3.4.3 The Owner and the Architect will consider a formal request for the substitution
of products in place of those specified only under the conditions set forth in the General
Requirements (Division 01 of the Specifications)."

"3.4.4 By making requests for substitutions based on Subparagraph 3.4.2 above, the
Contractor:

1. represents that the Contractor has personally investigated the proposed
substitute product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to
that specified;
2. represents that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the
substitution that the Contractor would for that specified;
3. certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs
under this Contract except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims
for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become
apparent and;
4. Will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes
as may be requested for the Work to be completed in all respects."


ARTICLE 7: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

7.3 Construction Change Directives

7.3.6: In the first sentence, delete the words "a reasonable allowance for overhead and
profit" and substitute "an allowance for overhead and profit in accordance with the
schedule set forth in the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor."


ARTICLE 9: PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

9.2 Schedule of Values

Add the following Subparagraph 9.2.3:

"9.2.3 The schedule of values shall be prepared in such a manner that each major item
of Work and each subcontracted item of Work is shown as a single line item on AIA
Document G703, 'Application and Certificate of Payment Continuation Sheet.'"
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions
9.3 Application for Payment

9.3.1 Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 9.3.1:

"9.3.1 The form of Application for Payment shall be a notarized AIA Document G702,
'Application and Certification for Payment,' supported by AIA Document G703,
'Continuation Sheet.'"

Add the following Clause 9.3.1.3 to 9.3.1:

"9.3.1.3 Until Substantial Completion, the Owner shall pay 90 percent of the amount
due to Contractor on account of progress payments."

Add new Subparagraph 9.3.2.1 as follows:

"9.3.2.1 The Contractor's request for payment received by the 25th day of the month
will be paid by the tenth day of the following month. Final payment will be made within
30 days after Date of Substantial Completion and submission of 'Certificate of
Substantial Completion,' AIA Document G704."

ARTICLE 10: PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

10.2 Safety of Persons and Property

"10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or
unusual methods are necessary, the Contractor shall give the Owner reasonable
advance notice."


ARTICLE 11: INSURANCE AND BONDS

11.1 Contractors' Liability Insurance

11.1.1.1 Delete the semicolon at the end of Clause 11.1.1.1 and add: ", including private entities
performing Work at the site and exempt from the coverage on account of number of
employees or occupation, which entities shall maintain voluntary compensation coverage at the
same limits specified for mandatory coverage for the duration of the Project:"

11.1.1.2 Delete the semicolon at the end of Clause 11.1.1.2 and add: "or persons or entities
excluded by statute from the requirements of Clause 11.1.1.1 but required by the Contract
Documents to provide the insurance required by that Clause:"

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions
"11.1.1.8 Liability Insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a
comprehensive basis, including:
1. Commercial General Liability:
Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Damage to Rented Premises Each Occurrence $300,000
Medical Expense $15,000
Personal & Adv injury $1,000,000
General Aggregate $2,000,000
Products- Comp/OP AGG $2,000,000

2. Automobile Liability
Each Accident $1,000,000

3. Umbrella Liability:
Each Occurrence $5,000,000
Aggregate $5,000,000

4. Workers Compensation and Employer's Liability:
E.L. Each Accident Each Accident $1,000,000
E.L. Disease-Each Employee $1,000,000
E.L. Disease- Policy Limit $1,000,000

"11.1.1.9 If the General Liability coverages are provided by Commercial General Liability Policy
on a claims-made basis, the policy date or Retroactive Date shall predate the Contract: the
termination date of the policy or applicable extended reporting period shall be no earlier than
the termination date of coverages required to be maintained after final payment, certified in
accordance with Subparagraph 9.10.2."

11.2.1: Delete the words "Contract Documents" and add the words "Contract between the
Owner and the Contractor."

11.3.1: Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 11.1.3:

"If this insurance is written on the Comprehensive General Liability policy form, the Certificates
shall be AIA Document G705, Certificate of Insurance. If this insurance is written on the
Commercial General Liability policy form, ACORD Form 25S will be acceptable."


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 10 00 Summary of Work

SECTION 01 10 00-SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes
1. Work covered.
2. Contractor use of premises.
3. Occupancy requirements.

1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

1. The Project generally consists of renovations to the exterior of the buildings.

1. Project Location:

Crimson Apartments
1100 17th Street
Tuscaloosa, Alabama 35401

2. Owner: Campus Advantage
110 Wild Basin Road, Suite 365
Austin, Texas 78746
512.947.9721
Contact: Mr. Michael Hanley

3. Architect: Marx|Okubo Associates, Inc.
41 Perimeter Center East
Suite 640
Atlanta, Georgia 30346
770.407.2900
Contact: David M. Standard, AIA or Edward A. Bernard, AIA



Marx|Okubo has been engaged as Project Manager for this project to serve as an
advisor to the Owner and to provide assistance in administering the Contract for
Construction between the Owner and the Contractor, according to a separate
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 10 00 Summary of Work

contract between the Owner and the Owner's Representative.

The following general notes shall be considered for each part of the work:

1. The metal screed above the new metal head flashing must have integral weep
openings.

2. Replace all removed stucco with a three-coat system to match the existing
thickness and texture.

The first work to be considered includes but not limited to:
The contractor will remove and replace the rowlock, soldier course
and two additional running bond courses of brick from around the
circumference of Buildings 1-5. It will be necessary to remove and
replace an extra 6 courses of brick at all corners of each building in
order to install brick ties properly. This will require removal of
12"stucco above the existing rowlock. Care should be taken to not
cut the building wrap and lath and leave a minimum of 4" of wrap
and lath exposed to overlap and connect to the new building wrap
and lath. In addition, Contractor to grind a 3" cut-back on the
existing plaster to remain. All damaged building wrap, flashing, metal
lath, and building paper will need to be replaced. Install new
flashing, weep screed, and stucco to match the existing thickness and
texture. The Contractor will insert a 6 "fabric mesh strip into the
brown coat before applying the finish coat. Repaint all stucco to
match color of existing. Repair damage to the interior gypsum board
walls of apartments affected by stucco and brick removal.

The first work ALTERNATE to be considered includes but not limited to:
The contractor will remove and replace the rowlock, soldier course,
and two additional running bond courses from the circumference of
Buildings 1. Remove and replace an extra 6 courses of brick at all
corners and reinstall metal brick ties. Saw cut, remove stucco 3-1/2"
above the existing rowlock and flashing from the circumference of
Buildings 1. Insert a treated wood shim and overlay with " foam
trim, cover trim with EIFS, and seal the top edge with sealant.
Replace all damaged building wrap, building paper, lath, flashing, and
stucco. Touch up damaged existing stucco and paint the new EIFS
trim to match the existing stucco.



The second work to be considered includes but not limited to:
The contractor will saw cut a new control joint over each arched
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 10 00 Summary of Work

opening at balconies and breezeway entrances of Buildings 1-5. This
will require route and re-point step cracking at masonry joints around
these locations and replace broken bricks and cracked bricks. New
backer rod and sealant should be installed.

The third work to be considered includes but not limited to:
Remove and replace the roof and the joist from the Meter Rooms on
each end of Buildings 1-5 leaving the shelf angle supporting the brick
above in place. There are two separate rooms on each end of each
building. This will require removal and replacement of the rowlock
and additional running bond brick courses to lower the height of the
walls around the Meter Rooms by 8" below the steel brick support
angle. Lower the front of the Meter Room shortening the stud wall
and the brick veneer and slope the top of the new joist to provide a
"in 12"slope according to the membrane manufacturers
requirements. Properly flash the roof into the building wall and
replace the membrane roof with a new TPO membrane. All damaged
or removed building wrap, flashing, and building paper will need to
be replaced and then a new sheathing, flashing, building wrap, and
brick to match the existing brick design should be installed. Repair
damage to the interior of apartments due to construction. Repair
damage to apartments due to existing leaks from the existing
conditions.

NOTE: This document is intended to provide general guidance to the General
Contractor to provide a lump sum bid stated in three areas of work. The
contract documents and this outline identify an exterior renovation program of
existing areas of an occupied and operating building. The contractor should be
aware of his responsibility for safety in an occupied building as well as noise
abatement during certain hours and maintaining clean and secure work areas
separate from the building areas in use. This document is not intended to
identify all work and scope required; contractor should anticipate work and
scope related to his general conditions and work requirements and the work
requirements of his subcontractors. If the scope is undefined or incomplete,
contractor should provide an allowance estimate to cover the anticipated Work.
Upon review of these contract documents and outline of scope, Contractor
should submit a list of questions he may have regarding scope and procedures
necessary to allow him to provide a cost estimate of this Work. The Work will be
constructed under a single prime contract based on the pricing around one of
the options. All work shall be in accordance with Code. Time is of the essence
in this Contract and work is to proceed as rapidly as possible commensurate
with good workmanship. A Contractor shall confirm and provide an allowance
if a permit is required. At Substantial Completion of the work, and with the
Owner's Representative's consent, the Contractor shall file and pay for Notice of
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 10 00 Summary of Work

Completion at County Recorder's Office after obtaining the Owner's
Representative's signature, if required. The Contractor shall locate and lay out
the work with exact locations and elevations as shown in the Drawings and to
match the original design intent. Trees, planting materials, existing structures
and improvements shall be protected from damage by the Contractor.
Contractor will replace any damaged trees and planting materials or repair any
existing structure structures damaged during construction period. The
Contractor shall comply with all local, State and Federal OSHA laws.

1.4 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES

A. General: During the construction period the Contractor shall have limited use of the
premises for construction operations, including use of the site. The Contractor's use
of the premises is limited by the Owner's right to perform work or to retain other
contractors on portions of the Project.

B. Use of the Site: Limit use of the premises to Work in areas indicated. Confine
operations to areas within contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of the
site beyond the areas in which the Work is indicated.

1. Tenant Occupancy: Allow for Tenant occupancy. Contractor shall work
diligently with owner, owner representative, property manager, and architect to
minimize tenant disturbances.
2. Facility Operations: Allow for full operations of facility.
3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises
clear and available to Owner, tenants, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do
not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to
minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment
on-site.

C. Use of the Existing Buildings: Maintain the existing buildings in a weather tight
condition throughout the construction period. Repair damage caused by
construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building and
its occupants and curious citizenry during the construction period.

D. A general cleanup of the site shall be conducted on a daily basis.

1.5 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS

A. Full Tenant Occupancy: The Tenants will occupy the site and existing buildings
during the entire construction period. Cooperate with the Owner, Management &
Tenant during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner
usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with the Tenants' operations.
Protect all landscape and hardscape from demolition and construction debris and
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 10 00 Summary of Work

replace landscape materials if damaged equally sized and type material.

1.6 CONTRACT DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION

A. The Drawings illustrate locations, arrangements, dimensions, and details to
determine the general character of the Work. Parts not detailed shall be subject to
the Architect's approval. Where reasonably inferable that a drawing illustrates only
part of a given work on a number of items, the remainder shall be deemed
repetitious and so construed. Drawings of greater scale take precedence over
drawings of lesser scale. The Contractor shall not scale the Drawings.

B. Drawings and Specifications are for guidance of the Contractor and exact locations,
distances and levels will be governed by building site and actual building conditions.
The Contractor shall make minor changes as directed to arrangements or locations
shown in order to meet Structural or Architectural conditions or because of
interference with other work without expense to the Contract.

C. Specifications describe performances and qualities required of materials and of
methods. Items listed under each Section of the Specifications are not necessarily
all inclusive. The Contractor shall be responsible for the completed work.

D. For convenience, Specifications are separated into topical divisions of work, each of
which is further related to topical divisions under which it occurs. Such separation
shall not be construed as an attempt by the Owner's Representative to establish
limits of any agreements between the Contractor and his/her subcontractors.

E. Portions of these Specifications are of abbreviated, simplified type and may include
incomplete sentences.
1. Omissions of words or phrases such as "the Contractor shall", "in conformity
with", "shall be", "as noted on the Drawings", "in accordance with the details",
"a", "the", "all", "any", and "each" are intentional. Omitted words or phrases
shall be supplied by inference.
2. Terms such as "approved", "or approved equal", "as directed", "as required", "as
provided", "acceptable", "satisfactory" mean by or to the Architect.
3. Furnish: The term furnish means supply and deliver to the Project Site, ready for
unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.
4. Install: The term install describes operations at the Project Site including the
actual unloading, unpacking, assembly, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying,
working to dimension, and finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar
operations.
5. Provide: The term provide means to furnish and install, complete and ready for
the intended use.

F. Reference Standards
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 10 00 Summary of Work

1. For products specified by association or trade standards, comply with
requirements of the standard except where more rigid requirements are
specified or are required by applicable codes.
2. The date of the standard is that in effect as of bid date except where specific
date is specified.

1.7 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)

A. Requirement: It is the Contractor's responsibility to review Contract Documents in a
timely manner so that the Architect will have sufficient time to respond to Requests
for Information prior to the start of actual construction of that part of the Work to
which the RFI relates. All RFI's shall be typed and forwarded to:

Michael Hanley
MHanley@campusadv.com with a copy to:

David Standard at
david_standard@marxokubo.com

B. Form:

1. When an interpretation or clarification of the Contract Documents is required
from the Architect, make the request on a copy of the Contractor's RFI form
approved by the Owner's Representative.
2. Fill in all applicable information on the form.
3. Use one form for each request; limit the subject to one design discipline to
expedite reply. Attach supplementary information where necessary.
4. The Architect will reply or give summary of reply on the same form. The
Architect will include supplementary information where necessary.
5. The completed form shall be the written record of each RFI.
6. The Contractor shall only use AIA G716-2004 RFI form or other alternative
approved by Project Manager on this Project.

C. Uses:

1. The RFI form shall be used for interpretation or clarification of the Contract
Documents only. Do not use the RFI form for the following; the Architect will
not reply and will reject the RFI:
a. Product or material substitution.
b. Questions relating to construction means, methods, techniques, sequences,
procedures, or safety precautions. (These are the Contractor's
responsibilities exclusively.)
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 10 00 Summary of Work

c. Questions relating to construction schedule, coordination between trades,
or division of work among subcontractors. (These are also the Contractor's
responsibilities exclusively.)
d. Questions on contract administration procedural matters, unless they
require interpretation or clarification of the Contract Documents.
e. Dimensions or quantities which are shown on the Contract Documents, or
which can be measured or calculated from the information contained in the
Contract Documents where such measurement or calculation is standard
construction industry practice.
f. Confirmation of interpretations or clarifications previously provided by the
Architect.
g. If the Contractor requests interpretations or clarifications of the Contract
Documents which can be reasonably derived from a review of the Contract
Documents, the Architect will make a claim for additional compensation as a
result of the additional and unnecessary services which the Architect has
been required to provide.

D. Reply:

1. The Architect will endeavor to reply to all RFI's promptly as his/her work
schedule allows; generally no later than 5 working days from the day received.
2. When an RFI involves a complex subject, extensive research or development, or
substantial input from the Owner or governmental agency, the Architect will
inform the Contractor and request additional time to prepare the reply. The
Contractor shall cooperate and agree to a reasonable time extension.
3. The reply shall be a clarification or an interpretation of the Contract Documents;
the reply is not an authorization of change in the Contract Sum or Time.
4.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION 01 10 00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 14 00 Work Restrictions

SECTION 01 14 00-WORK RESTRICTIONS

Contractor shall adhere to the following work restrictions:

A. Work Hours
1. Monday Friday: 8:30am 6:30pm
2. Saturday: 10:30am 5:30pm
3. Ownership and Owner's Representative reserve the right to alter these times.
4. Permission by management is required in order to enter a tenant's apartment.

B. Loud Work
1. No loud work can be conducted prior to 8:30am or after 6:30pm Monday through Friday.
2. Ownership and Owner's Representative reserve the right to alter these times.




END OF SECTION 01 14 00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 14 16 Coordination with Occupants

SECTION 01 14 16 -COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Subject to Owner's requirements. Employees of the contractor and subcontractors
shall not communicate directly with the occupants of the buildings. All
communication between the contractor and the owner shall be through Michael
Hanley. Michael Hanley will coordinate communication related to the occupants
with the property manager and the owner.




END OF SECTION 01 14 16
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 26 00 Contract Modification Procedure

SECTION 01 26 00-CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1- GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and
processing Contract modifications.

1.2 PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Project Manager will issue a detailed
description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the
Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include
supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Proposal Requests issued by Project Manager are not instructions either to stop
work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within time specified in Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal Request,
submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the
Contract Time necessary to execute the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs,
with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish
survey data to substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts
of trade discounts.
c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the
effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity
duration, start, and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total
float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Project Manager.

B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications
to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change
to Project Manager.
1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the
change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change.
Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the
Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with
total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey
data to substantiate quantities.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 26 00 Contract Modification Procedure

3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of
trade discounts.
4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect
of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start,
and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before
requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
6. Include costs for extension of General Conditions per Week, and per Month.
7. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures" if the
proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or
system specified.
8. Proposal Request Form: Form acceptable to Project Manager.

1.3 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Project Manager will issue a Change
Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701-2001.


PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)


PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)




END OF SECTION 01 26 00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 29 00 Project Coordination

SECTION 01 29 00-PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to
prepare and process Applications for Payment.

1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of
Contractor's construction schedule.
1. Correlate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative
forms and schedules, including the following:
a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets.
b. Submittal schedule.
c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's
construction schedule.
2. Submit the schedule of values to Project Manager at earliest possible date but
no later than the 10th day of the month.

B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to
establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for
each Specification Section.
1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of
values:
a. Project name and location.
b. Name of Architect.
c. Architect's project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
2. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate
continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports.
Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents.
3. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each
allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit
cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract
Documents to determine quantities.
4. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be
complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and
profit for each item.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 29 00 Project Coordination

a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of
actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the
schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense, at
Contractor's option.
5. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next
Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change
Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum.

1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and
payments as certified by Project Manager and paid for by Owner.

1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.

B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the
Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work
covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.

C. Payment Application Times: Progress payments shall be submitted to the Owner
and Project Manager, in parallel, by the day of the month requested by the Project
Manager. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending
on the last day of the month.

D. Application for Payment Forms: Use owner-provided form for Applications for
Payment.

E. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a
person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Project Manager
will return incomplete applications without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction
schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued
before last day of construction period covered by application.

F. Transmittal: Submit two signed and notarized original copies of each Application for
Payment to Project Manager by a method ensuring receipt. One copy shall include
waivers of lien and similar attachments if required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording
appropriate information about application.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 29 00 Project Coordination

G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of
mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of
the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous
application, after deduction for retainage, on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or
full waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must
submit waivers.
4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner
acceptable to Owner.

H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must
precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the
following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of values.
3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary, if not final).
4. Schedule of unit prices.
5. Submittal schedule (preliminary, if not final).
6. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
7. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
8. Copies of building permits.
9. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for
performance of the Work.
10. Initial progress report.
11. Report of pre-construction conference.
12. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.

I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of
Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent
completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete
and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

J. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and
supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but
not limited, to the following:
1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required
and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 29 00 Project Coordination

4. AIA Document G706-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and
Claims."
5. AIA Document G706A-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."


PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)


PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)




END OF SECTION 01 29 00

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 29 73 Schedule of Values

SECTION 01 29 73-SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 FORM AND APPROVAL

A. The form for schedule of values shall be the bid form matrix found in the Bid Form
Section No. 00 41 43.
B. Work is to be allocated by Building as divided in the bid form matrix.

1.2 ALLOCATION OF VALUES

A. Provide a single line item to account for mobilization and general administration,
and fulfilling General Requirements.

B. For each involved building structure, provide a separate group of line items
corresponding to the bid form matrix. Maintain a distinct and identifiable
correspondence to this allocation.

C. Account for Unit Prices and Allowances with a line item for each, until incorporating
each into the appropriate allocations for the final statement of accounting.

D. Account for Modifications with a line item for each, until incorporating each into the
appropriate allocations for the final statement of accounting.


END OF SECTION 01 29 73
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 31 13 Project Coordination

SECTION 01 31 13-PROJECT COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for
coordinating construction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, the
following:
1. General project coordination procedures.
2. Conservation.
3. Coordination drawings.
4. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
5. Cleaning and protection.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of these Specifications
to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate
construction operations included under different Sections that depend on each other
for proper installation, connection, and operation including Owner direct
subcontractors and Owner direct vendors.

1. Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best
results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other
components, before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility
for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining
special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices,
reports, and attendance at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner's Representative and separate
contractors where coordination of their work is required.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 31 13 Project Coordination

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required
administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and
assure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1. Pre-Construction Activities Meeting Attendance, Scheduling, Budgeting, Cost
Estimating, Value Engineering, Exploratory Demolition, Mock Up, Preparation of
construction schedules.
2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities.
3. Delivery and processing of submittals.
4. Progress meetings.
5. Project closeout activities.

D. Conservation: Coordinate construction operations to assure that operations are
carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.

1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually
incorporated in, the Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS

A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the installer of each major component to inspect
both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not
proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.

B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the
necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose.

3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during
handling and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure
protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary
through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable
components to assure operability without damaging effects.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 31 13 Project Coordination

C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the
construction, completed or in progress, or that adjacent existing spaces and/or buildings
are subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during
the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited
to, the following:

1. Excessive static or dynamic loading.
2. Excessive internal or external pressures.
3. Excessively high or low temperatures.
4. Thermal shock.
5. Excessively high or low humidity.
6. Air contamination or pollution.
7. Water or ice.
8. Solvents.
9. Chemicals.
10. Light.
11. Radiation.
12. Puncture.
13. Abrasion.
14. Heavy traffic.
15. Soiling, staining, and corrosion.
16. Bacteria.
17. Rodent and insect infestation.
18. Combustion.
19. Electrical current.
20. High-speed operation.
21. Improper lubrication.
22. Unusual wear or other misuse.
23. Contact between incompatible materials.
24. Destructive testing.
25. Misalignment.
26. Excessive weathering.
27. Unprotected storage.
28. Improper shipping or handling.
29. Theft.
30. Vandalism.





END OF SECTION 01 31 13

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 31 19 Project Meetings

SECTION 01 31 19-PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings,
including the following:
1. Pre-construction conferences.
2. Pre-installation conferences.
3. Pre-construction and progress meetings.
4. Coordination meetings.
5. Closeout Meetings

1.3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

A. Project Manager shall schedule a pre-construction conference before starting any
work on site, at a time convenient to the Contractor, no later than one week prior
to the start of construction.
1. Hold the conference at the Project Site or another convenient location.
2. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.

B. Attendees: Authorized representatives of the Owner, and their consultants; the
Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers,
and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the
conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters
relating to the Work.

C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including, but not
limited to the following:

1. Tentative construction schedule.
2. Critical work sequencing.
3. Designation of responsible personnel.
4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
6. Distribution of Contract Documents.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 31 19 Project Meetings

7. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
8. Preparation of record documents.
9. Use of the premises.
10. Use of restrooms.
11. Parking availability.
12. Office, work, and storage areas.
13. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
14. Safety procedures.
15. First aid.
16. Security.
17. Working hours.
18. Testing.
19. Inspections.

1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES

A. Conduct a pre-installation conference at the Project Site before each construction
activity that requires coordination with other construction and before each major
installation activity.

B. Attendees: The installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators
involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with
other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the
meeting. Advise the Owner's Representative of scheduled meeting dates.
1. Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration at each pre-installation conference,
including requirements for the following:

a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
c. Related Change Orders.
d. Purchases.
e. Deliveries.
f. Shop Drawings, Product Data and quality control samples.
g. Possible conflicts.
h. Compatibility problems.
i. Time schedules.
j. Weather limitations.
k. Manufacturer's recommendations.
l. Warranty requirements.
m. Compatibility of materials.
n. Acceptability of substrates.
o. Temporary facilities.
p. Space and access limitations.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 31 19 Project Meetings

q. Governing regulations.
r. Safety.
s. Inspecting and testing requirements.
t. Required performance results.
u. Recording requirements.
v. Protection.

C. Project Manager is responsible for scheduling pre-installation meetings and
invitation of all applicable parties.

D. The Project Manager will record significant discussions and agreements and
disagreements of each conference, and the approved schedule. The Project
Manager will promptly distribute the record of the meeting to everyone concerned.

E. Do not proceed with the installation if the conference cannot be successfully
concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to
performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date.

1.5 PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. Attend pre-construction and progress meetings at the Project Site weekly.

B. Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner and Owner's
Representative, each subcontractor, supplier, or other entity concerned with
current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future
activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference
shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the
Work.

C. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting.
Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for
discussion as appropriate to the status of the Project. Agenda shall include
schedule, job progress and budget reviews.

1. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction
Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how
construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from
parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to
ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the
Contract Time.
2. Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including the
following:
a. Interface requirements.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 31 19 Project Meetings

b. Time.
c. Sequences.
d. Status of submittals.
e. Deliveries.
f. Off-site fabrication problems.
g. Access.
h. Site utilization.
i. Temporary facilities and services.
j. Hours of work.
k. Hazards and risks.
l. Quality and work standards.
m. Change Orders.
n. Documentation of information for payment requests.

D. Reporting: The Owner's Representative will no later than four (4) days after each
meeting, distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties
who should have been present. A brief summary, in narrative form, of progress
since the previous meeting and report will be submitted.

1. Schedule Updating: Contractor shall revise the Construction Schedule after each
progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or
recognized. Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each
meeting.

1.6 COORDINATION MEETINGS

A. Conduct project coordination meetings at regular intervals convenient for all parties
involved. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for
other purposes, such as regular progress meetings and special pre-installation
meetings.

B. Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in
coordination or planning for the construction activities involved.

C. The Owner's Representative will record meeting results and distribute copies to
everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting
from each meeting.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)


END OF SECTION 01 31 19
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures

SECTION 01 33 00-SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals
required for performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Submittal schedule.
3. Daily construction reports.
4. Product data.
5. Shop drawings.
6. Samples.
7. Quality assurance submittals.

B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract
Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include,
but are not limited to, the following:

1. Permits.
2. Applications for payment.
3. Insurance certificates.
4. List of subcontractors.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Shop Drawings: "Shop Drawings" are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data
specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor, subcontractor, sub-
subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor to illustrate some portion of
the Work.

1. Shop Drawings shall establish the actual detail of all manufactured or fabricated
items, indicate proper relation to adjoining Work, and amplify design details of
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures

mechanical and electrical equipment in proper relation to physical spaces in the
structure.

B. Product Data: "Product Data" are illustrations, specifications, standard schedules,
performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information
furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for used in the
Project.

C. Samples: "Samples" are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment,
finish, or workmanship and establish quality standards by which the Work will be
judged.

D. Shop drawings, product data, samples and similar submittals are not Contract
Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions
of the Work for which submittals are required the way the Contractor proposes
to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the
Contract Documents.

E. Manufactured: The term "manufactured" applies to standard units usually mass
produced. The term "fabricated" means items specifically assembled or made
out of selected materials to meet individual design requirements.

F. Manufacturer's Instructions: The term "Manufacturer's Instructions" shall mean
the manufacturer's written instructions on the use or application of the product
under conditions similar to those at the job site.

G. Coordination drawings show the relationship and integration of different
construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or
installation to fit in the space provided or to function as intended.

H. Preparation of Coordination Drawings is specified in Section 01 31 19 and may
include components previously shown in detail on shop drawings or product
data and include elements of other trades/sub-contractor trades.

I. Field samples are full-size physical examples erected on site to illustrate finishes,
coatings, or finish materials. Field samples are used to establish the standard by
which the Work will be judged and shall be kept protected by the Contractor.

J. Mockups are full-size assemblies for review of construction, coordination,
testing, or operation; they are not samples.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures


1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Submittals are instruments of the Contractor and they include shop drawings,
product data, and samples.

B. The Contractor, at his/her own expense, shall furnish for review by the Architect all
submittals required by the Contract Documents.

C. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with
performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in
advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of
the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals
concurrently for coordination.
3. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until all related submittals are received.
4. Submittals will be reviewed by the Architect.
5. Submit 2 copies of all submittals to the Architect via the Owner's Representative
unless otherwise noted.
6. Submittals shall be accompanied with an accurate and updated Submittal Log.

D. Product data and manufacturers' standard drawings submitted for review shall
show only the pertinent information.
1. Contractor shall identify the pertinent information by circling it with black ink
pen or by crossing out the inapplicable information with black ink pen.
2. Any submittal which contains information not clearly identified for review will
be rejected and returned to Contractor for resubmission.

E. All submittals shall be reviewed and stamped by the Contractor prior to forwarding
them for the Architect's review.
1. By submitting shop drawings, product data, and samples, the Contractor
represents that he/she has determined and verified all dimensions, materials,
field measurements, and field construction criteria related thereto and that
he/she has checked and coordinated the information contained within such
submittals with the requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents.
2. When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or
equipment is submitted, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy
and completeness of such calculations and certifications.


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures

F. No portion of the work requiring submission of a shop drawing, product data, or
sample shall commence until the submittal has been reviewed and accepted by the
Architect. All such portions of the work shall be executed in accordance with
accepted submittals.

G. No change shall be made by the Contractor in any submittal after it has been
accepted by the Architect.

H. If the submittal shows any variation from the Contract requirements because of
standard shop practice or other reasons, the Contractor shall make specific mention
of each variation in his/her submittal.

I. The Architect will review the Contractor's submittals only for the limited purpose of
checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed
in the Contract Documents. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the
purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as
dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or
performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the
Contractor as required by the Contract Documents.

J. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor
of the obligations to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The
Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or of any
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The
Architect's acceptance of a specific item shall not indicate acceptance of an
assembly of which the item is a component.

K. Processing: Allow sufficient time for submittal review, including time for re-
submittals.
1. Allow minimum two (2) weeks for initial review. Allow minimum of 3 weeks for
complicated or large submittals and coordinate the required submittal review
time with the Architect. Allow additional time if the Architect must delay
processing to permit coordination with subsequent submittals.
2. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial
submittal.
3. Allow 2 weeks for reprocessing each submittal.
4. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit
processing.

L. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for
identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the
label or title block.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures

1. Provide a space approximately 4 inches by 5 inches on the label or beside the
title block on Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval
markings and the action taken.
2. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording
action taken.
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Contractor's, subcontractor's, vendor's or manufacturer's name, address,
and telephone number.
d. Submittal number.
e. Product identification or shop drawing title, number, revision, and date as
applicable. Where product data contain more than one product, model,
selection, etc., clearly mark and identify the information intended to be
reviewed by the Architect.
f. Reference to (Contract) Drawing or Specification Section as applicable.
g. Provide space for Architect's review stamp. Space shall be minimum 4
inches by 6 inches.

M. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Submittals shall be wrapped or packaged to prevent damage during
delivery. All reproducible drawings shall be rolled, not folded, and wrapped or
packaged to prevent damage during delivery. Transmit each submittal from the
Contractor to the Architect via the Owner's Representative using a transmittal form.
The Architect and Owner's Rep will not accept submittals received from sources
other than the Contractor.
1. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On the
form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document
requirements, including variations and limitations. Include Contractor's
certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements.
2. Transmittal Form: Submittals shall be submitted with the Submittal Record
Form acceptable to the Contractor and the Owner's Representative. Number
submittal record forms serially. Fill in information as applicable. Include an
accurate and updated Submittal Log with each submittal package.
a. Re-submittals shall have the original submittal number with an alphabetic
suffix.
3. Transmittals shall be forwarded to:

Michael Hanley
Campus Advantage
110 Wild Basin Road, Suite 365
Austin, Texas 78746
512 472 6222
mHanley@campusadv.com

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures

1.5 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Bar Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, Gantt chart, contractor's
construction schedule. Submit within 7 days after the date established for
"Commencement of the Work".
1. Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a
continuous vertical line to identify the first working day of each week. Use the
same breakdown of units of the Work as indicated in the "Schedule of Values".
2. Within each time bar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10 percent
increments. As Work progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to
indicate Actual Completion.
3. Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable transparency, or
other reproducible media, of sufficient width to show data for the entire
construction period.
4. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from
parties involved. Coordinate each element on the schedule with other
construction activities; include minor elements involved in the sequence of the
Work. Show each activity in proper sequence. Indicate graphically the
sequences necessary for completion of related portions of the Work.
5. Coordinate the Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values,
list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests,
and other schedules.
6. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial
Completion. Indicate Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow time for
the Owner's Representative's procedures necessary for certification of
Substantial Completion.

B. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of
the Work, including submittal review, testing and installation.

C. Area Separations: Provide a separate time bar to identify each major construction
area for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each element in an area
must be sequenced or integrated with other activities.

D. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies
to the Architect, Owner's Representative, subcontractors, ownership, and other
parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in the Project meeting
room and temporary field office.
1. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same
locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their
assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction
activities.


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures

E. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting, event, or activity
where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule
concurrently with the report of each meeting. Include monthly update of the
master schedule with a rolling schedule issued weekly.

1.6 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE

A. After development and acceptance of the Contractor's Construction Schedule,
prepare a complete schedule of submittals. Submit the schedule within 7 days prior
to the submission of the first such submittals or simultaneously with the
Construction Schedule, whichever is earlier. No submittals will be processed before
the Submittal Schedule has been reviewed and accepted by the Owner's
Representative.
1. Coordinate Submittal Schedule with the list of subcontracts, Schedule of Values,
and the list of products as well as the Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Prepare the schedule in chronological order. Provide the following information:
a. Scheduled date for the first submittal.
b. Related Section number.
c. Submittal category (Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples).
d. Name of the subcontractor.
e. Description of the part of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for re-submittal.
g. Scheduled date for the Architect's final release or approval.

B. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies
to the Architect, subcontractors, and other parties required to comply with
submittal dates indicated. Post copies in the Project meeting room and field office.
1. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same
locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their
assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction
activities.

C. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity where
revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently
with the report of each meeting.

1.7 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS

A. Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning
events at the site, and submit duplicate copies to the Owner's Representative at
weekly intervals:
1. List of subcontractors at the site.
2. Approximate count of personnel at the site.
3. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures

4. Accidents and unusual events.
5. Meetings and significant decisions.
6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
7. Meter readings and similar recordings.
8. Emergency procedures.
9. Orders and requests of governing authorities.
10. Change Orders received, implemented.
11. Services connected, disconnected.
12. Equipment or system tests and startups.
13. Partial Completions, occupancies.
14. Substantial Completions authorized.

1.8 PRODUCT DATA

A. Collect product data into a single submittal for each element of construction or
system.
1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed product
data includes information on several products that are not required, mark
copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
b. Compliance with trade association standards.
c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
d. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
f. Notation of coordination requirements.

B. Do not submit product data until compliance with requirements of the Contract
Documents has been confirmed.

C. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of product data where
selection of options is required.

D. Submittals: Submit 5 copies to the Architect via Owner's Representative for review.
The Architect will retain 2 and will return the other marked with action taken and
corrections or modifications required.

E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to the Owner's Representative,
installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and others required
for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
1. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of product data is in the installer's
possession.
2. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of product data in connection with
construction.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures

1.9 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle,
or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce
Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of shop drawings.
Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not a
shop drawing. Include the following information:
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number.
3. Compliance with specified standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
6. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full size Drawings, submit
Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches but no larger than 36
inches by 48 inches.
7. Submittal: Submit 1 correctable, translucent, reproducible print and 2 blue-line
or black-line prints for the Architect's review. The Architect will return the
reproducible print.
8. Do not use shop drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action
taken.

B. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to the Owner's Representative,
installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and others required
for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
1. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of shop drawings are in the
installer's possession.
2. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of shop drawings in connection with
construction.

1.10 SAMPLES

A. Submit full size, fully fabricated samples cured and finished as specified and
physically identical with the material or product proposed.
1. Mount or display samples in the manner to facilitate review of qualities
indicated. Prepare samples to match the Architect's sample. Include the
following:

a. Specification Section number and reference.
b. Generic description of the sample.
c. Sample source.
d. Product name or name of the manufacturer.
e. Compliance with recognized standards.
f. Availability and delivery time.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures

B. Submit samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern and texture. Submit samples
for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and a comparison of
these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as
delivered and installed.
1. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in
the material or product represented, submit at least 3 multiple units that show
approximate limits of the variations.
2. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for samples that illustrate
workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections,
operation, and similar construction characteristics.
3. Refer to other Sections for samples to be returned to the Contractor for
incorporation in the Work. Such samples must be undamaged at time of use.
On the transmittal, indicate special requests regarding disposition of sample
submittals.
4. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as the
Owner's property, are the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from
the site prior to Substantial Completion.

C. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where samples are submitted
for selection of color, pattern, texture or similar characteristics from a range of
standard choices or to match the Architect's sample.
1. The Architect will review and return preliminary submittals with the Architect's
notation, indicating selection and other action.

D. Submittals: Except for samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship,
fabrication techniques, connections, operation and similar characteristics, submit 4
sets. The Architect will return 1 set marked with the action taken.
1. Maintain sets of samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality
comparisons throughout the course of construction.
2. Unless noncompliance with the Contract Document provisions is observed, the
submittal may serve as the final submittal.
3. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction
associated with each set.

E. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors,
manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers and others as required for
performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
1. Field samples are full size examples erected on site to illustrate finishes, coatings
or finish materials and to establish the Project standard.
2. Comply with submittal requirements to the fullest extent possible. Process
transmittal forms to provide a record of activity.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures


1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS

A. Submit quality control submittals, including design data, certifications,
manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports and other quality control
submittals as required under other Sections of the Specifications.

B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that
a product, material or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a
notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified
requirements.
1. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or
other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company.
C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test
reports from independent testing agencies are specified in Section 01 45 00.

1.12 ARCHITECT'S ACTION

A. Except for submittals for the record or information, where action and return is
required, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken,
and return promptly.
1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.

B. The Architect will return the submittals stamped "No Exceptions Taken" or "Revised
as Noted, Distribute Record Copy" or "Revised as Noted, Resubmit" or "Rejected,
Resubmit".
1. When "No Exceptions Taken" is indicated, the Contractor is advised that
fabrication, manufacturer, or construction may proceed, providing it complies
with the Contract Documents.
2. When "Revised as Noted, Distribute Record Copy" is indicated, the Contractor is
advised that fabrication, manufacture, or construction may proceed, providing it
complies with Architect's notations and the Contract Documents. The above 2
categories are considered as acceptable submittals.
3. When other notation is indicated, the Contractor is advised that no work shall
be fabricated, manufactured, or constructed. The Contractor shall make a new
submission in accordance with the procedures specified.

C. The Contractor shall make additional copies of the accepted submittals and shall
promptly distribute 1 copy to the Architect, and 1 copy to his/her subcontractor,
vendor, or manufacturer as applicable. Copies shall be made from the accepted
copy bearing the Architect's (or his/her consultant's) stamp of acceptance.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures


1.13 USE OF SUBMITTALS

A. Work shall be fabricated, constructed, and furnished in accordance with the
acceptable submittals. One copy of such acceptable submittals shall be kept at the
jobsite.

B. Contractor shall not use any unacceptable submittals or submittal materials without
the Architect's (or his/her consultant's) stamp of acceptance for reference in doing
any work.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)


PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)




END OF SECTION 01 33 00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 40 00 Quality Requirements

SECTION 01 40 00-QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1: GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Subject to Owner's Bid Requirements.

1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.

1.3 THIS SECTION INCLUDES

A. Summary of Quality Requirements.

B. Definitions.

C. Delegated Design.

D. Regulatory Requirements.

E. Submittals.

F. Quality Assurance.

G. Quality Control.

H. Acceptable Testing Agencies.

I. Repair and Protection.

1.4 RELATED SECTIONS

Individual Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 40 00 Quality Requirements

1.5 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality
assurance and quality control.

B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1. Specify quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are
specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those
Sections may also cover production of standard products.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-
control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document
requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by
Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this
Section.

1.6 DEFINITIONS

A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before
and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and
ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements.

B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during
and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction comply
with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities
performed by Owner.

C. Mock-ups: Full-size, physical example assemblies to illustrate finishes and materials.
Mock-ups are used to verify, qualities of materials and execution, and to review
construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Mock-ups
establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.

D. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both.
Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 40 00 Quality Requirements

1.7 DELEGATED DESIGN

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or
certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the
Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific
performance and design criteria indicated.
1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification
required, submit a written request for additional information to Owner.

1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Copies of Regulations: Obtain copies of the following regulations and retain at
Project site to be available for reference by parties who have a reasonable need:
1. To be determined by applicable City regulatory agency.

1.9 SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the
form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized
authority.

B. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other
required submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible
design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor
to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and
systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include
codes, loads, and other factors used in performing services.

C. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form, include the following:

1. Specification Section number and title.
2. Description of test and inspection.
3. Identification of applicable standards.
4. Identification of test and inspection methods.
5. Number of tests and inspections required.
6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.
7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.
8. Requirements for obtaining samples.
9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 40 00 Quality Requirements

D. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following:

1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. Identification of product and Specification Section.
8. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work
complies with the Contract Document requirements.
12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
13. Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting.

E. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits,
licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements,
notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar
documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on
performance of the Work.

1.10 FIELD SAMPLES

A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications Sections.

B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work.

C. Where field sample is specified to be removed in the individual Section, remove the
sample and clean the area after field sample has been accepted by Owner.

1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as
well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

B. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized
representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to
inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design,
and extent to those indicated for this Project.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 40 00 Quality Requirements

C. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or
assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this
Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-
service performance.

D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or
systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-
service performance.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified
to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in
providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are
defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or products
that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction
activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those
operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be
engaged for the activities indicated.
1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar
regulations governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade-union
jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions.

G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to
conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that
specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed.

H. Preconstruction Testing: Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing for
compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods.
1. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test,
inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Owner with copy to
Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether
tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract
Documents.

I. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups
for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following
requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 40 00 Quality Requirements


1.12 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site
conditions and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.

B. Comply fully with manufacturer's instructions, including handling, storage,
application, and other steps in sequence.

C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request
clarification from Owner before proceeding.

D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when
more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher
standards or more precise workmanship.

E. Perform Work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality and
to assure finished work of first class quality and durability.

F. All materials shall be applied evenly with proper film thickness and free of runs, rags,
skips and other defects.

G. All Work shall be done under favorable weather conditions (moisture and
temperature) and suitably protected from the weather as recommended or
specified in the Manufacturer's product data or instructions.

H. Comply with current local, state, and federal regulations and requirements.

I. Owner Responsibilities: Owner will engage a testing agency to conduct special tests
and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of
Owner. Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility,
Owner may engage a qualified testing agency to perform services.

J. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control
services specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction. Where quality-
control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified
written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. Testing and inspecting
requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are
Contractor's responsibility.

K. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation,
including service connections. Report results in writing.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 40 00 Quality Requirements

L. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were
Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and
reinspecting, for construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply
with requirements established by the Contract Documents.

M. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests,
inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary
services as requested.

N. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-
assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid
necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate services.

O. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and
similar quality-control services required by the Contract Documents. Submit
schedule prior to commencement of the Work. Schedule times for tests,
inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

1.13 REFERENCES

A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Construction
Documents, unless specified otherwise in relevant specification section.

B. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents or necessary for
proper execution of the work.

C. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request
clarification from Owner before proceeding.

D. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from
the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference
document.

1.14 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS

A. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product
suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site
conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, and quality of workmanship, as
applicable, and to provide instructions when necessary.

B. Contractor shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to
applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' printed
instructions.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 40 00 Quality Requirements

C. Submit report within five (5) working days of observation to Owner for review when
site decisions or instructions are supplemental to manufacturer's instructions. Do
not proceed with work until Owner has reviewed and confirmed instructions
contrary to the manufacturer's printed instructions.

1.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Surveillance of work during installation to ascertain compliance with specified
requirements will be performed on a regular basis throughout the project.

PART 2: PRODUCTS (NOT USED)


PART 3: EXECUTION

3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services,
repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Sections of these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration
into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching.

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment
of responsibility for quality-control services.




END OF SECTION 01 40 00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 00 42 19 Reference Standards

SECTION 01 42 19-REFERENCE STANDARDS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Listing of industry standards that may occur within the
Construction Documents.

1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and
effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent
referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by
reference.

B. Publication Dates: Comply with the standards in effect as of the date of the
Contract Documents.

C. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with 2 or more standards is specified
and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum
quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer
uncertainties and requirements that are different but apparently equal to the
Architect for a decision before proceeding.

1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or
specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation
may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may
exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these
requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as
appropriate, for the context of the requirements. Refer uncertainties to the
Architect for a decision before proceeding.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 00 42 19 Reference Standards

D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project must be
familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of
applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction
activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source
and make them available on request.

E. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards
are frequently abbreviated. The following abbreviations and acronyms, as
referenced in the Contract Documents, mean the associated names. Names and
addresses are subject to change and are believed, but are not assured, to be
accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

AA Aluminum Association
900 19th Street, NW, Suite 300
Washington, DC 20006 (202) 862-5100

ACIL American Council of Independent Laboratories
1629 K Street, NW
Washington, DC 20006 (202) 887-5872

AIA The American Institute of Architects
1735 New York Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20006 (202) 626-7300

AIA American Insurance Association
1130 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 1000
Washington, DC 20036 (202) 828-7100

AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
1101 17th Street, NW
Washington, DC 20036-4700 (202) 452-7100

ALI Associated Laboratories, Inc.
C/o HOH Chemicals
500 South Vermont Street
Palatine, IL 60067 (708) 358-7400

ALSC American Lumber Standards Committee
P.O. Box 210
Germantown, MD 20875 (301) 972-1700


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 00 42 19 Reference Standards

ANSI American National Standards Institute
11 West 42nd Street, 13th Floor
New York, NY 10036 (212) 642-4900

ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017-2398 (800) 548-2723

ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017 (212) 705-7722

ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers
3617 Thousand Oaks Boulevard, Suite 210
Westlake Village, CA 91362 (805) 495-7120

ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering
P.O. Box 40362
Bay Village, OH 44140 (216) 835-3040

ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
100 Barr Harbor Drive
West Conshohocken, PA 19428 (610) 832-9585

AWS American Welding Society
550 LeJeune Road, NW
Miami, FL 33126 (305) 443-9353

BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
355 Lexington Avenue, 17th Floor
New York, NY 10017-6603 (212) 661-4261

EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association
25 North Broadway
Tarrytown, NY 10591 (914) 332-0040

IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017 (212) 705-7900

NEC National Electrical Code (Available from NFPA)



CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 00 42 19 Reference Standards

NECA National Electrical Contractors Association
3 Bethesda Metro Center, Suite 1100
Bethesda, MD 20814-5372 (301) 657-3110

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
2101 L Street, NW, Suite 300
Washington, DC 20037 (202) 457-8400

NETA International Electrical Testing Association
P.O. Box 687
Morrison, CO 80465-1526 (303) 697-8441

NFPA National Fire Protection Association
One Batterymarch Park
P.O. Box 9101
Quincy, MA 02269-9101 (800) 344-3555
(617) 770-3000

NFPA National Forest Products Association
(Now AFPA)

NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority
103-4400 Dominion Street
Burnaby, BC V5G 4G3
CANADA (604) 451-7323

PCA Portland Cement Association
5420 Old Orchard Road
Skokie, IL 60077-1083 (708) 966-6200

SDI Steel Door Institute
30200 Detroit Road
Cleveland, OH 44145-1967 (216) 889-0010

SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association
4201 Lafayette Center Drive
P.O. Box 221230
Chantilly, VA 22022-1230 (703) 803-2980

SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
4516 Henry Street
Pittsburgh, PA 15213 (412) 687-1113


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 00 42 19 Reference Standards

SMA Stucco Manufacturers Association
https://stuccomfgassoc.com

BIA The Brick Industry Association
1850 Centennial Park Drive, Suite 301, Reston, VA 20191Phone:
703.620.0010 Fax: 703.620.3928.
http://www.gobrick.com

UL Underwriters Laboratories
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, IL 60062-2096 (708) 272-8800

F. Federal Government Agencies: Names and titles of Federal Government standards
or specification-producing agencies are often abbreviated. The following
abbreviations and acronyms referenced in the Contract Documents indicate names
of standards or specification-producing agencies of the Federal Government.
Names and addresses are subject to change and are believed, but are not assured,
to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

CE Corps of Engineers
(U.S. Department of the Army)
Chief of Engineers
General Information Referral
20 Massachusetts Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20314 (202) 761-0660

CFR Code of Federal Regulations
(Available from the Government Printing Office)
732 North Capitol Street, NW
Washington, DC 20401 (202) 512-0000
(Material is usually published first in the Federal Register.)

CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission
East West Towers
4330 East-West Hwy
Bethesda, MD 20814 (800) 638-2772

CS Commercial Standard
(U.S. Department of Commerce)
Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402 (202) 512-0000



CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 00 42 19 Reference Standards

DOC Department of Commerce
14th Street and Constitution Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20230 (202) 482-2000

EPA Environmental Protection Agency
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460 (202) 260-2090

FHA Federal Housing Administration
(U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development)
451 Seventh Street, SW
Washington, DC 20410 (202) 708-1112

FS Federal Specification Unit
(Available from GSA)
470 East L'Enfant Plaza, SW, Suite 8100
Washington, DC 20407 (202) 755-0325

GSA General Services Administration
F Street and 18th Street, NW
Washington, DC 20405 (202) 708-5082

MIL Military Standardization Documents
(U.S. Department of Defense)
Defense Printing Service
700 Robbins Avenue, Building 4D
Philadelphia, PA 19111 (215) 697-2179

NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
(U.S. Department of Commerce)
Building 101, #A1134
Route. I-270 and Quince Orchard Road
Gaithersburg, MD 20899 (301) 975-2000

OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(U.S. Department of Labor)
200 Constitution Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20210 (202) 219-5000

PS Product Standard of NBS
(U.S. Department of Commerce)
Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402 (202) 512-0000

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 00 42 19 Reference Standards

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)


PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)


END OF SECTION 01 42 19
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 50 00 Temporary Facilities
SECTION 01 50 00-TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Field offices and storage sheds.
2. Temporary enclosures.
3. Temporary project identification signs and bulletin boards.
4. Waste disposal services.
5. Rodent and pest control.
6. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.

B. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Temporary fire protection.
2. Barricades, warning signs, and lights.
3. Sidewalk bridge or enclosure fence for the site.
4. Environmental protection.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Building code requirements.
2. Health and safety regulations.
3. Utility company regulations.
4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules.
5. Environmental protection regulations.
B. Standards: Comply with NFPA 241, ANSI A10 Series standards for "Safety
Requirements for Construction and Demolition" and NECA Electrical Design
Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities".
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 50 00 Temporary Facilities
1. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations
for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70.
C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in
appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Relocate temporary services
and facilities as the Work progresses. Do not overload facilities or permit them to
interfere with progress. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not allow
hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or
persist on-site.

B. Storage Area: The Contractor has limited use of the parking lot area to use selected
area of lot for mobilization, storage, sheds, mobile office, etc., but the site/facilities
shall be returned to their original condition by completion of the Project. This
location shall be identified in the construction documents Site Plan, Sheet No A-
1.00.

C. The Contractor shall protect all vehicles, structures, finished surfaces, and
furnishings adjacent to painting and waterproofing operations with temporary
protective covering. Contractor shall also protect any nearby vehicles, structures,
finished surfaces, and furnishings that may be downwind of painting and
waterproofing operations and susceptible to air blown paint and waterproofing
particles.

D. The Contractors shall provide temporary barricades, cones, and other visual warning
devices to warn drivers of ongoing repairs at the site.

E. The Contractor shall protect the building occupants' personal items, furniture,
window coverings, plants, and any other exposed items from dust and dirt or any
other type of contamination or coating. The Contractor shall build temporary dust
partitions as required and shall restore any marred surfaces of ceilings, walls, and
floors from such partitions.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 50 00 Temporary Facilities
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Provide new materials. If acceptable to the Architect, the Contractor may
use undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition. Provide
materials suitable for use intended.

B. Lumber and Plywood
1. For job-built temporary shops and sheds within the construction area, provide
UL labeled, fire treated lumber and plywood for framing, sheathing, and siding.
2. For signs and directory boards, provide exterior type, Grade B-B high density
concrete form overlay plywood of sizes and thicknesses indicated.
3. For fences and vision barriers, provide minimum 3/8-inch thick exterior
plywood.
4. For safety barriers, sidewalk bridges and similar uses provide minimum
5/8-inch thick exterior plywood.

C. Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL labeled tarpaulins with flame
spread rating of 15 or less. For temporary enclosures, provide translucent, nylon-
reinforced, laminated polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride, fire retardant tarpaulins.

D. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities.

E. Open-Mesh Fencing: Provide 0.120-inch thick, galvanized 2-inch chain link fabric
fencing 6 feet high with galvanized barbed wire top strand and galvanized steel pipe
posts, 1-1/2 inches I.D. and fabric screening to block views from any tenant parking

F. For line posts and 2-1/2 inches I.D. for corner posts.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. General: Provide new equipment. If acceptable to the Architect, the Contractor
may use undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition. Provide
equipment suitable for use intended.

B. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured, NEMA polarized outlets. Provide
receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and
pilot light for connection of power tools and equipment.

C. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords. Use hard-service cords
where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 50 00 Temporary Facilities
separate lengths of electric cords if single lengths will not reach areas where
construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio.

D. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage
required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered-glass
enclosures where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures were exposed to
moisture.

E. Heating Units: Provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled
by UL, FM or another recognized trade association related to the type of fuel being
consumed.

F. Temporary Offices: Provide prefabricated or mobile units or similar job-built
construction with lockable entrances, operable windows, and serviceable finishes.
Provide heated and air-conditioned units on foundations adequate for normal
loading.

G. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained, single-occupant toilet units of the
chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type. Provide units properly vented
and fully enclosed with a glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar
nonabsorbent material.

H. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand carried, portable, UL rated, Class A fire
extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations, provide
hand carried, portable, UL rated, Class ABC, dry-chemical extinguishers or a
combination of extinguishers of NFPA recommended classes for the exposures.
1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent and
size required by location and class of fire exposure.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities
where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and
modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are
replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 50 00 Temporary Facilities
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service
or connect to existing service. Where company provides only part of the service,
provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials, and equipment.
Comply with company recommendations.
1. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to
the Owner or Owner's Representative. Neither the Owner nor the Owner's
Representative will accept cost or use charges as a basis of claims for Change
Orders.

B. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures
adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. Contractor shall
use water from the Owner's existing system without metering or without payment
of use charges.

Note: Contractor to use House water from hose bibs where available.

1. Sterilization: Sterilize temporary water piping prior to use.

C. Temporary Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power
service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity and power characteristics
during construction period, as required. Contractor shall use electric power from
the Owner's existing system (common area electric panels) without metering or
without payment of use charges.

Note: Contractor to use House power where available.

D. Temporary Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching.

E. Temporary Heat: Provide temporary heat required by construction activities for
curing or drying of completed installations or for protection of installed construction
from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select safe equipment
that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being
installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce the ambient condition
required and minimize consumption of energy.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 50 00 Temporary Facilities
F. Temporary Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service throughout the
construction period for all personnel engaged in construction activities.
1. Separate Telephone Lines: Provide additional telephone lines for the following:
a. Where an office has more than two occupants, install a telephone for each
additional occupant or pair of occupants.
b. Provide a dedicated telephone line for a fax machine in the field office.
c. Provide a separate line for the Owner's Representative's use.
2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.

G. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water
fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type, number, location,
operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Install where facilities will
best serve the Project's needs.
1. Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar disposable materials
for each facility. Provide covered waste containers for used material.
2. Toilets: Provide portable toilets.
3. Provide separate facilities for male and female personnel.

H. Drinking Water Facilities: Provide containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled water
drinking water units, including paper supply.
1. Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed
water temperature at 45 to 55 degrees Fahrenheit.
2. Use water at common area hose bibs located sporadically throughout the
complex without metering or without payment of use charges. Contractor shall
verify availability and location prior to submitting bid. If existing hose bibs do
not suffice, the Contractor shall include provisions for temporary water, which
shall be included in the Base Bid.

I. Sewers and Drainage: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to
remove effluent that can be discharged lawfully. If sewers are not available or
cannot be used, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, stabilization ponds, and similar
facilities. If neither sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge
of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off-site in a lawful
manner.

J. Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and
subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of storm water from
heavy rains.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 50 00 Temporary Facilities
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Locate field offices, storage sheds, and other temporary construction and support
facilities for easy access.
1. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion or date agreed
upon by all parties. Remove prior to Substantial Completion. Personnel
remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent
facilities, under conditions acceptable to the Owner's Representative.

B. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within the
construction area or within 30 feet of building lines. Comply with requirements of
NFPA 241.

C. Field Offices: Provide insulated, weather tight temporary offices of sufficient size to
accommodate required office personnel at the Project Site. Keep the office clean
and orderly for use for small progress meetings located in the designated staging
area shown on the drawings on sheet A-1.00.

D. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds sized,
furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved,
including temporary utility service. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed
spaces within the building or elsewhere on-site.

E. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of
construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other
construction operations and similar activities.
1. Where heat is needed and the permanent building enclosure is not complete,
provide temporary enclosures where there is no other provision for
containment of heat. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying
or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.
2. Install tarpaulins securely, with incombustible wood framing and other
materials. Close openings of 25 square feet or less with plywood or similar
materials.
3. Close openings through floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with load-
bearing, wood framed construction.
4. Where temporary wood or plywood enclosure exceeds 100 square feet in area,
use UL labeled, fire retardant treated material for framing and main sheathing.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 50 00 Temporary Facilities
F. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare project identification and
other signs of size indicated. Install signs where indicated to inform the public and
persons seeking entrance to the Project. Support on posts or framing of
preservative-treated wood or steel. Do not permit installation of unauthorized
signs.
1. Project Identification Signs: Engage an experienced sign painter to apply
graphics. Comply with details indicated.
2. Temporary Signs: Prepare signs to provide directional information to
construction personnel and visitors.

G. Temporary Exterior Lighting: Install exterior yard and sign lights so signs are visible
when Work is being performed.

H. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and
elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of
combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold
materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the temperature
is expected to rise above 80 degrees Fahrenheit. Handle hazardous, dangerous, or
unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly.
Dispose of material lawfully.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over
from use of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until
Substantial Completion, or longer, as requested by the Owner's Representative.

B. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire protection needs are supplied by permanent
facilities, install and maintain temporary fire protection facilities of the types
needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses.
Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241.
1. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended
purpose, but not less than 1 extinguisher.
2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.
3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire
protection facilities, and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking
in hazardous fire exposure areas.
4. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating
units, and similar sources of fire ignition.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 50 00 Temporary Facilities

C. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest feasible date in each area of the Project,
complete installation of the permanent fire protection facility, including connected
services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of
facilities.

D. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with standards and code
requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with
appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and the public
of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed, provide
lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.

E. Enclosure Fence: Before construction begins, install an enclosure fence with
lockable entrance gates. Locate where indicated, or enclose the entire site or the
portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. Install in a
manner that will prevent people, dogs, and other animals from easily entering the
site, except by the entrance gates.

1. Provide 0.120-inch thick, galvanized 2-inch chain link fabric fencing 6 feet high
with galvanized barbed wire top strand and galvanized steel pipe posts, 1-1/2
inches I.D. and fabric screening to block views from any tenant parking set in a
compacted mixture of gravel and earth.

F. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure of partially
completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent
unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.
1. Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of value or
attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in connection
with the installation and release of material to minimize the opportunity for
theft and vandalism.

G. Traffic Control: Provide traffic control as needed to access into and out of the
driveway and parking lot.
1. Contractor is not to impede the access of delivery trucks on the site.
2. Contractor is to coordinate with facility management to ensure that deliveries
are not scheduled for loading docks blocked by repairs.
3. Facility docks are to remain fully operational during construction.

H. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and
conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental
regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be
contaminated or polluted or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use
of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise-making
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 00 50 00 Temporary Facilities
tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms
near the site.

3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability
of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect
from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation and similar facilities on a 24 hour basis where required to achieve
indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.
2. Protection: Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for
underground lines.

C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Owner's Representative requests that it be
maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended; when
replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial
Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may
have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair
damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be
satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the Contractor's
property. The Owner's Representative reserves the right to take possession of
project identification signs.
2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during
the construction period.




END OF SECTION 01 50 00



CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 60 00 Product Requirements

SECTION 01 60 00-PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements governing the
Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project.

B. General provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary
Conditions, Special Conditions, and Division 1 apply to work of this Section.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other
terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties", "systems", "structure",
"finishes", "accessories", and similar terms. Such terms are self explanatory and
have well recognized meanings in the construction industry.
1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether
purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term
"product" includes the terms "material", "equipment", "system", and terms of
similar intent.
2. "Named Products" are items identified by the manufacturer's product name,
including make or model number or other designation, shown or listed in the
manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of the date of the
Contract Documents.
3. "Materials" are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished,
refined or otherwise fabricated, processed or installed to form a part of the
Work.
4. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or
manually operated, that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 60 00 Product Requirements


1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same
kind from a single source.
1. When specified products are available only from sources that do not, or cannot,
produce a quantity adequate to complete project requirements in a timely
manner, consult with the Architect to determine the most important product
qualities before proceeding. Qualities may include attributes, such as visual
appearance, strength, durability, or compatibility. When a determination has
been made, select products from sources producing products that possess these
qualities, to the fullest extent possible.

B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting
between two or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be
compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products
were also options.

C. Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint
manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trademarks on exposed surfaces of
products that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior.
1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on concealed surfaces or,
where required for observation after installation, on accessible surfaces that are
not conspicuous.
2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of
service connected or power operated equipment. Locate on an easily accessible
surface that is inconspicuous in occupied spaces. The nameplate shall contain
the following information and other essential operating data:
a. Name of product and manufacturer.
b. Model and serial number.
c. Capacity.
d. Speed.
e. Ratings.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store and handle products according to the manufacturer's
recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft.
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long term storage at the site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding time for
items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to
deterioration, theft and other losses.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 60 00 Product Requirements


3. Deliver products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer's
original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and
instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract
Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
5. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and
measurement of quantity or counting of units.
6. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not
endanger the supporting construction.
7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in
a weather-tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's
instructions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract
Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, new at the time
of installation.
1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other
devices and details needed for a complete installation and the intended use and
effect.
2. Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of types that
have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other
projects.

B. Product Selection Procedures: The Contract Documents and governing regulations
govern product selection. Procedures governing product selection include the
following:
1. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name only a
single product or manufacturer, provide the product indicated. No substitutions
will be permitted.
2. Semi proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name 2 or
more products or manufacturers, provide 1 of the products indicated. No
substitutions will be permitted.
a. Where Specifications specify products or manufacturers by name,
accompanied by the term "or equal" or "or approved equal", comply with
the Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain
approval for use of an unnamed product.


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 60 00 Product Requirements

3. Nonproprietary Specifications: When Specifications list products or
manufacturers that are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do
not restrict the Contractor to use of these products only, the Contractor may
propose any available product that complies with Contract requirements.
Comply with Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain
approval for use of an unnamed product.
4. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a
product or assembly, listing exact characteristics required, with or without use
of a brand or trade name, provide a product or assembly that provides the
characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract requirements.
5. Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require
compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply with
these requirements and are recommended by the manufacturer for the
application indicated.
a. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published product
literature or by the manufacturer's certification of performance.
6. Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where Specifications only
require compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation; select a
product that complies with the standards, codes or regulations specified.
7. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established sample,
the Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches
satisfactorily.
a. Where no product available within the specified category matches
satisfactorily and complies with other specified requirements, comply with
provisions of the Contract Documents concerning "substitutions" for
selection of a matching product in another product category.
8. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase "as
selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures" or a similar
phrase, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified
requirements. The Architect will select the color, pattern, and texture from the
product line selected.
9. Allowances: Refer to individual Specification Sections and "Allowance"
provisions in Division 1 for allowances that control product selection and for
procedures required for processing such selections.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 60 00 Product Requirements

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS

A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of
products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place,
accurately located and aligned with other Work.
1. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from
damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 01 60 00
CRIMSONAPARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 63 00 Product Substitution Procedures

SECTION 01 63 00-PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests
for substitutions made after award of the Contract.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Definitions in this Article do not change or modify the meaning of other terms used
in the Contract Documents.

B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of
construction required by the Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after
award of the Contract are considered to be requests for substitutions. The
following are not considered to be requests for substitutions:

1. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by the Owner's Representative.
2. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Contract
Documents.
3. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations
and orders issued by governing authorities.

1.4 CONDITIONS FOR SUBSTITUTION

A. Time Limit on Request for Substitution
1. Prior to Bid Submission: Request for substitution will be considered provided
that the written request together with all the required supportive data is
received by the Owner's Representative at least 5 working days prior to bid
submission.
a. If the proposed substitution is accepted, the Owner's Representative will
acknowledge the acceptance by Addendum issued no later than 3 days prior
to bid submission. No substitution is accepted unless it is written by
Addendum.

CRIMSONAPARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 63 00 Product Substitution Procedures

2. After Bid Submission: Request for substitution only from the successful bidder
will be considered provided that the written request together with all the
required supportive data is received by the Owner's Representative no later
than 10 working days after bid submission.
a. If the proposed substitution is accepted, the Owner's Representative will
notify the successful bidder in writing.
3. After Award of Contract (For Negotiated Contract or Phased Construction, It Is
Meant to Be after the Award of Subcontract): Substitution is not allowed except
when:

a. The substitution is required for compliance with subsequent interpretations
of code or insurance requirements;
b. The specified product is unavailable through no fault of the Contractor;
c. The manufacturer or fabricator refuses to certify or warrant the specified
product as required;
d. Subsequent information reveals that the specified product is unable to
perform properly or to fit in the designated space; or,
e. In the Owner's Representative's sole judgment, the substitution would be in
the Owner's best interest.

B. Limit on Consideration: Request for substitution will be considered only when in
the Owner's Representative's judgment the proposed substitution is:

1. In the Owner's best interest,
2. Equal to the specified product, and
3. Substantial revisions to Contract Documents are not required.

C. Submission of Supportive Data: Requests for substitution shall be submitted in
writing together with the following supportive data. Submit data in triplicate to
Owner's Representative.
1. Certification by the manufacturer that the substitute is equal in quality and
utility to the specified product is suitable for the Work and conforms to the
Contract Documents. The certification shall be signed by the principal, officer,
or manager of the manufacturer.
2. Submittals required for the specified product.
3. Additional technical data including drawings, specifications, test reports,
calculations and descriptions which illustrate the equal or better quality and
utility of the substitute.
4. Samples where required to illustrate the appearance or quality of the substitute.
5. List of other trades, if any, which may be affected by the substitution.
6. Cost data if the request is made after bid or award of contract. Indicate the
amount, if any, to be changed from the Contract Sum if the proposed
substitution is accepted.
CRIMSONAPARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 63 00 Product Substitution Procedures


D. Contractor's Responsibilities
1. The acceptance of a substituted product shall not relieve the Contractor from
complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible at his/her own expense for any changes in
the Work resulting from the substitution.
3. Substitution may require tests to determine its quality and utility. All handling,
testing, and inspection costs pertaining thereto shall be paid by the Contractor.
All tests shall be made upon the request of the Architect.
4. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling of proposed
substitutions and the Work. The process of evaluating proposed substitutions
may be time consuming, and not all proposed substitutions will necessarily be
granted. No extension of Contract Time will be granted owning to untimely
submission, review, or rejection of any proposed substitution.
5. If any proposed substitution is judged by the Architect as unacceptable, the
specified material, product, or service shall be provided; further submission will
not be allowed.
6. Any proposed substitution which requires the Architect to redesign any portion
of the Project or to perform any additional services will be rejected, unless the
Owner is willing to fully compensate the Architect for the redesign and
additional services.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)




END OF SECTION 01 63 00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 01 74 23 - 1 Final Cleaning

SECTION 01 74 23-FINAL CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for final cleaning at
Substantial Completion.

1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Requirements: Conduct cleaning and waste disposal operations in
compliance with local laws and ordinances. Comply fully with Federal and local
environmental and antipollution regulations.
1. Do not dispose of volatile wastes, such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner, in
storm or sanitary drains.
2. Burning or burying of debris, rubbish, or other waste material on the premises is
not permitted.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by the
manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents
that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished
surfaces.

PART 3 EXECUTION

FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Provide final cleaning operations when indicated. Employ experienced
workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit of
Work to the condition expected from a commercial building cleaning and
maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 01 74 23 - 2 Final Cleaning

B. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for
certification of Substantial Completion for the entire Project or a portion of the
Project.
1. Clean the Project Site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction
activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material,
litter, and foreign substances.
2. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor
paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.
3. Clean all drive aisles with Street Sweeper(s).
4. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.
5. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from
the site.
6. Clean exposed exterior hard surfaced finishes to a dirt free condition, free of
stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural
weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
condition.
7. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including shafts,
trenches, equipment vaults, manholes and similar spaces.
8. Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
9. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and
surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or
restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
a. Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical
nameplates.

C. Compliances: Comply with governing regulations and safety standards for cleaning
operations. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully.
1. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work,
they become the Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by
the Owner's Representative.

3.1 CORRECTIVE WORK

A. Where existing Work has been dirtied, stained, defaced or otherwise made
defective and cleaning operations are not satisfactory, as determined by the
Owner's Representative, the Contractor shall remove the defective Work and install
new Work as requested and approved, at no additional cost to the Owner.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 01 74 23 - 3 Final Cleaning


3.2 CLEANUP SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS

A. Any cleanup specified in other Sections of these Specifications shall be in addition
to, and not in lieu of these requirements.



END OF SECTION 01 74 23
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 77 00 Close out Procedures

SECTION 01 77 00-CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout
including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Inspection procedures.
2. Final cleaning.

B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities have yet to be developed.

C. General provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary
Conditions, Special Conditions, and Division 1 apply to work of this Section.

1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. When the Work is substantially complete, submit written notice to the Owner's
Representative, with list of items to be completed or corrected (Contractor's
"punch-list").

B. Within a reasonable time, the Owner's Representative will inspect to determine
status of completion.

C. Should the Owner's Representative determine that Work is not substantially
complete, he/she will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reasons
therefore.

D. The Contractor shall remedy deficiencies, and send a second written notice to the
Owner's Representative, and the Owner's Representative will re-inspect the Work.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 77 00 Close out Procedures

E. When the Owner's Representative determines that Work is substantially complete,
he/she will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion (AlA Document G704);
secure the signature of the Contractor on the certificate, and submit it to the
Owner. The Certificate of Substantial Completion will incorporate the date of
acceptance and the number of days required by the Contractor to complete all
outstanding work items.

1.4 FINAL COMPLETION

A. After the Owner's Representative has been notified of Substantial Completion, and
when the Contractor considers the Work and correction of deficiencies is complete,
he/she shall submit to the Owner's Representative, written certification that:

1. Contract Documents have been reviewed.
2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents.
3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents, and
deficiencies listed with Certificate of Substantial Completion have been
corrected.
4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's
Representative and are operational.
5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection.
6. Record Documents have been completed and accurately represent the
completed project.

B. The Owner's Representative will inspect to verify status of completion with
reasonable promptness.

C. Should the Owner's Representative consider that Work is incomplete or defective,
he/she will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing incomplete or defective
work.

D. The Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy deficiencies and send a
second written certification that Work is complete, and the Owner's Representative
will re-inspect the Work.

E. When the Owner's Representative finds the Work is acceptable, he/she will consider
closeout submittals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 77 00 Close out Procedures

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction.
Regular site cleaning is included in Section 01 50 00 and final cleaning is included in
Section 01 74 23.

B. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for
protection of the Work during construction.


END OF SECTION 01 77 00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 78 36 Product Warranties

SECTION 01 78 36-PRODUCT WARRANTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: General administrative and procedural requirements for product
warranties required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers' standard
warranties on products and special warranties.
1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of
workmanship and materials.
2. General closeout requirements are included in Section 01 77 00.
3. Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installations
that are specified to be warranted are included in the individual Sections of
Divisions 2 through 16.
4. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to
the Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product
warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that
incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and
subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Standard Product Warranties are preprinted written warranties published by
individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by
the manufacturer to the Owner.

B. Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the
Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties
or to provide greater rights for the Owner.

1.4 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS

A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed,
remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 78 36 Product Warranties

that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted
Work.

B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been
corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written
endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with
an equitable adjustment for depreciation.

C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has
failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with
requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost
of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has
benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service
life.

D. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to
implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies
otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as
limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations,
rights, or remedies.
1. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner's Representative reserves the right to
reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in
conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

E. The Owner's Representative reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the
Project where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on
such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is presented that entities required to
countersign such commitments are willing to do so.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit written warranties to the Owner's Representative prior to the date certified
for Substantial Completion. If the Owner's Representative's Certificate of
Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than
the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the
Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Owner's Representative.
1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by
the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction
period, submit properly executed warranties to the Owner's Representative
within 15 days of completion of that designated portion of the Work.

B. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the
Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written
document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 78 36 Product Warranties

by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for
approval prior to final execution.

C. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile 2 copies of each required warranty
properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier,
or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based
on the table of contents of the Project Manual.

D. Bind warranties in heavy duty, commercial quality, and durable 3 ring vinyl covered
loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to
receive 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch paper.
1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate
warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed
description of the product or installation, including the name of the product,
and the name, address, and telephone number of the installer.
2. Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES", the Project title or name, and the name of the Contractor.
3. When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted
construction, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary,
for inclusion in each required manual.

1.6 WARRANTIES

A. The following form shall be used for this Project:
1. The Construction Contract General Conditions, Article 18.22.2.2, covers the
Contractor's responsibility to remedy defects due to faulty workmanship and
materials which appear within one (1) years from the date of Substantial
Completion.
2. Guarantees for more than 1 year, where indicated in various Sections of the
Specifications, shall be in the form of a guarantee written on the letterhead of
the Contractor, subcontractor or supplier doing the work and/or supplying the
item to be guaranteed as follows:

WARRANTY FOR __________________________

We hereby warrant that the _____________________ which we have installed in
[insert name of project, city, and state], has been done in accordance with the
Drawings and Specifications and that the work as installed will fulfill the
requirements of the warranty included in the Specifications. We agree to repair
or replace any or all of our work, together with any other adjacent work which
may be displaced by so doing, that may prove to be defective in its workmanship
or material within a period of ______ years from the date of acceptance of the
above-named structure by the Owner, without any expense whatsoever to the
Owner. Ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect accepted.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 01 78 36 Product Warranties

In the event of our failure to comply with the above-mentioned conditions within
thirty days after being notified in writing by the Owner's Representative, we
collectively or separately do hereby authorize the Owner to proceed to have said
defects repaired and made good at our expense, and we will honor and pay the
costs and charges therefore upon demand.


Signed: _________________________________
Contractor


Or
_________________________________
Subcontractor


And
_________________________________
Material Manufacturer

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION 01 78 36
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 10 Masonry Cleaning
SECTION 04 01 10 - MASONRY CLEANING
PART 1GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes cleaning the following:
1. Unit masonry surfaces.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Very Low-Pressure Spray: Under 100 psi (690 kPa)
B. Low-Pressure Spray: 100 to 400 psi (690 to 2750 kPa)
C. Medium-Pressure Spray: 400 to 800 psi (2750 to 5510 kPa)
D. High-Pressure Spray: 800 to 1200 psi (5510 to 8250 kPa)
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at project site.
1. Review methods and procedures related to cleaning masonry including, but not
limited to, the following:
a. Verify masonry-cleaning equipment and facilities needed to make progress
and avoid delays.
b. Materials, material application, and sequencing.
c. Cleaning program.
d. Coordination with building occupants.
1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Work Sequence: Perform masonry-cleaning work in the following sequence:
1. Remove plant growth.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 10 Masonry Cleaning
2. Inspect for open mortar joints. Where repairs are required, delay further
cleaning work until after repairs are completed, cured, and dried to prevent the
intrusion of water and other cleaning materials into the wall.
3. Remove paint.
4. Clean masonry surfaces.
5. Where water repellents are to be used on or near masonry, delay application of
these chemicals until after cleaning.
B. As scaffolding is removed, patch anchor holes used to attach scaffolding. Patch holes in
masonry units according to masonry repair Sections. Patch holes in mortar joints
according to masonry repointing Section 04 01 20.64.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include material descriptions and application instructions.
2. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For paint-remover manufacturer and chemical-cleaner
manufacturer. Refer to Section 01 40 00.
B. Preconstruction Test Reports: For cleaning materials and methods.
C. Cleaning program.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Paint-Remover Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm regularly engaged in producing
masonry cleaners that have been used for similar applications with successful results,
and with factory-authorized service representatives who are available for consultation
and Project-site inspection, preconstruction product testing, and on-site assistance.
B. Chemical-Cleaner Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm regularly engaged in producing
masonry cleaners that have been used for similar applications with successful results,
and with factory-authorized service representatives who are available for consultation
and Project-site inspection, preconstruction product testing, and on-site assistance.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 10 Masonry Cleaning

C. Cleaning Program: Prepare a written cleaning program that describes cleaning process
in detail, including materials, methods, and equipment to be used; protection of
surrounding materials; and control of runoff during operations. Include provisions for
supervising worker performance and preventing damage.
1. If materials and methods other than those indicated are proposed for any phase
of cleaning work, add a written description of such materials and methods,
including evidence of successful use on comparable projects and demonstrations
to show their effectiveness for this Project.
D. Mockups: Prepare mockups of cleaning on existing surfaces to demonstrate aesthetic
effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Cleaning: Clean an area approximately 25 sq. ft. for each type of masonry and
surface condition.
a. Test cleaners and methods on samples of adjacent materials for possible
adverse reactions. Do not test cleaners and methods known to have
deleterious effect.
b. Allow a waiting period of not less than three days after completion of
sample cleaning to permit a study of sample panels for negative reactions.
2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the
Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves
such deviations in writing.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted
weather conditions permit masonry-cleaning work to be performed according to
product manufacturers' written instructions and specified requirements.
B. Clean masonry surfaces only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and is
predicted to remain so for at least three days after completion of cleaning.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 10 Masonry Cleaning
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PAINT REMOVERS
A. Alkaline Paste Paint Remover: Manufacturer's standard alkaline paste or gel
formulation, for removing paint from masonry; containing no methylene chloride.
1. Manufacturer: Diedrich Technologies
B. Solvent-Type Paste Paint Remover: Manufacturer's standard water-rinsable, solvent-
type paste or gel formulation, for removing paint from masonry.
1. Manufacturer: Hydroclean
2.2 CLEANING MATERIALS
A. Water: Potable.
B. Hot Water: Water heated to a temperature of 140 to 160 deg F
C. Detergent Solution, Job Mixed: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetra sodium
pyrophosphate (TSPP), 1/2 cup of laundry detergent, and 20 quarts of hot water for
every 5 gal. of solution required.
D. Mold, Mildew, and Algae Remover, Job Mixed: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups
(0.5 L) of tetra sodium pyrophosphate (TSPP), 5 quarts (5 L) of 5 percent sodium
hypochlorite (bleach), and 15 quarts (15 L) of hot water for every 5 gal. of solution
required.
E. Nonacidic Gel Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard gel formulation, with pH between 6
and 9, that contains detergents with chelating agents and is specifically formulated for
cleaning masonry surfaces.
1. Manufacturer: Dumond Chemicals
F. Nonacidic Liquid Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard mildly alkaline liquid cleaner
formulated for removing mold, mildew, and other organic soiling from ordinary
building materials, including polished stone, brick, aluminum, plastics, and wood.
1. Manufacturer: Diedrich Technologies

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 10 Masonry Cleaning
G. Two-Part Chemical Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard system consisting of potassium-
or sodium-hydroxide-based, alkaline prewash cleaner and acidic afterwash cleaner
that does not contain hydrofluoric acid.
1. Manufacturer: Diedrich Technologies
2.3 CHEMICAL CLEANING SOLUTIONS
A. Dilute chemical cleaners with water to produce solutions not exceeding concentration
recommended in writing by chemical-cleaner manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
A. Comply with each manufacturer's written instructions for protecting building and
other surfaces against damage from exposure to its products. Prevent paint removers
and chemical cleaning solutions from coming into contact with people, motor vehicles,
landscaping, buildings, and other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact.
1. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist paint removers
and chemical cleaners used unless products being used will not damage adjacent
surfaces. Use protective materials that are waterproof and UV resistant. Apply
masking agents according to manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply
liquid strippable masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer
needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining.
2. Do not apply chemical solutions during winds of enough force to spread them to
unprotected surfaces.
3. Neutralize alkaline and acid wastes before disposal.
4. Dispose of runoff from operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents
soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping,
and water penetration into building interiors.
B. Remove downspouts and associated hardware adjacent to immediate work area and
store during masonry cleaning. Reinstall when masonry cleaning is complete.
1. Provide temporary rain drainage during work to direct water away from building.
3.2 CLEANING MASONRY, GENERAL
A. Cleaning Appearance Standard: Cleaned surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as
viewed from 20 feet away by Architect.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 10 Masonry Cleaning
B. Proceed with cleaning in an orderly manner; work from bottom to top of each scaffold
width and from one end of each elevation to the other. Ensure that dirty residues and
rinse water do not wash over dry, cleaned surfaces.
C. Use only those cleaning methods indicated for each masonry material and location.
1. Brushes: Do not use wire brushes or brushes that are not resistant to chemical
cleaner being used.
2. Spray Equipment: Use spray equipment that provides controlled application at
volume and pressure indicated, measured at nozzle. Adjust pressure and volume
to ensure that cleaning methods do not damage surfaces, including joints.
a. Equip units with pressure gages.
b. For chemical-cleaner spray application, use low-pressure tank or chemical
pump suitable for chemical cleaner indicated, equipped with nozzle having
a cone-shaped spray.
c. For water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray that disperses water at
an angle of 25 to 50 degrees.
d. For high-pressure water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray that
disperses water at an angle of at least 40 degrees.
e. For heated water-spray application, use equipment capable of maintaining
temperature between 140 and 160 deg F at flow rates indicated.
f. For steam application, use steam generator capable of delivering live
steam at nozzle.
D. Perform each cleaning method indicated in a manner that results in uniform coverage
of all surfaces, including corners, moldings, and interstices, and that produces an even
effect without streaking or damaging masonry surfaces. Keep wall wet below area
being cleaned to prevent streaking from runoff.
E. Perform additional general cleaning, paint and stain removal, and spot cleaning of
small areas that are noticeably different when viewed according to the "Cleaning
Appearance Standard" Paragraph, so that cleaned surfaces blend smoothly into
surrounding areas.
F. Water Application Methods:
1. Water-Soak Application: Soak masonry surfaces by applying water continuously
and uniformly to limited area for time indicated. Apply water at low pressures
and low volumes in multiple fine sprays using perforated hoses or multiple spray
nozzles. Erect a protective enclosure constructed of polyethylene sheeting to
cover area being sprayed.
2. Water-Spray Applications: Unless otherwise indicated, hold spray nozzle at least
6 inches from masonry surface and apply water in horizontal back-and-forth
sweeping motion, overlapping previous strokes to produce uniform coverage.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 10 Masonry Cleaning
G. Steam Cleaning: Apply steam to masonry surfaces at the very low pressures indicated
for each type of masonry. Hold nozzle at least 6 inches from masonry surface and
apply steam in horizontal back-and-forth sweeping motion, overlapping previous
strokes to produce uniform coverage.
H. Chemical-Cleaner Application Methods: Apply chemical cleaners to masonry surfaces
according to chemical-cleaner manufacturer's written instructions; use brush or spray
application. Does not spray apply at pressures exceeding 50 psi. Do not allow
chemicals to remain on surface for periods longer than those indicated or
recommended in writing by manufacturer.
I. Rinse off chemical residue and soil by working upward from bottom to top of each
treated area at each stage or scaffold setting. Periodically during each rinse, test pH of
rinse water running off of cleaned area to determine that chemical cleaner is
completely removed.
1. Apply neutralizing agent and repeat rinse if necessary to produce tested pH of
between 6.7 and 7.5.
J. After cleaning is complete, remove protection no longer required. Remove tape and
adhesive marks.
3.3 PAINT REMOVAL
A. Paint-Remover Application, General: Apply paint removers according to paint-remover
manufacturer's written instructions. Do not allow paint removers to remain on surface
for periods longer than those indicated or recommended in writing by manufacturer.
B. Paint Removal with Alkaline Paste Paint Remover:
1. Remove loose and peeling paint using [low] [medium] [high]-pressure water
spray, scrapers, stiff brushes, or a combination of these. Let surface dry
thoroughly.
2. Apply paint remover to dry, painted surface with brushes.
3. Allow paint remover to remain on surface for period recommended in writing by
manufacturer or as determined by preconstruction testing.
4. Rinse with hot water applied by low pressure spray to remove chemicals and
paint residue.
5. Repeat process if necessary to remove all paint.
6. Apply acidic cleaner or manufacturer's recommended afterwash to surface,
while surface is still wet, using low-pressure spray equipment or soft-fiber brush.
Let cleaner or afterwash remain on surface as a neutralizing agent for period
recommended in writing by chemical-cleaner or afterwash manufacturer.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 10 Masonry Cleaning
7. Rinse with cold water applied by medium-pressure spray to remove chemicals
and soil.
C. Cold-Water Wash: Use cold water applied by medium-pressure spray.
D. Hot-Water Wash: Use hot water applied by low pressure spray.
E. Steam Cleaning: Apply steam at very low pressures not exceeding 30 psi. Remove dirt
softened by steam with wood scrapers, stiff-nylon or -fiber brushes, or cold-water
wash, as indicated by cleaning tests.
F. Detergent Cleaning:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied by low-pressure spray.
2. Scrub surface with detergent solution using medium-soft brushes until soil is
thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing. Use small brushes to
remove soil from mortar joints and crevices. Dip brush in solution often to
ensure that adequate fresh detergent is used and that surface remains wet..
3. Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to producing clean effect
established by mockup.
G. Mold, Mildew, and Algae Removal:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied by low-pressure spray.
2. Apply mold, mildew, and algae remover by brush or low-pressure spray.
3. Scrub surface with medium-soft brushes until mold, mildew, and algae are
thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing. Use small brushes for
mortar joints and crevices. Dip brush in mold, mildew, and algae remover often
to ensure that adequate fresh cleaner is used and that surface remains wet.
4. Rinse with cold water applied by low pressure spray to remove mold, mildew,
and algae remover and soil.
5. Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect
established by mockup.
H. Nonacidic Gel Chemical Cleaning:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied by low-pressure spray.
2. Apply gel cleaner in 1/8-inch thickness by brush, working into joints and crevices.
Apply quickly and do not brush out excessively, so area is uniformly covered with
fresh cleaner and dwell time is uniform throughout area being cleaned.
3. Let cleaner remain on surface for period recommended in writing by chemical-
cleaner manufacturer.
4. Remove bulk of gel cleaner.
5. Rinse with hot water applied by medium pressure spray to remove chemicals
and soil.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 10 Masonry Cleaning
6. Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect
established by mockup. Do not repeat more than once. If additional cleaning is
required, use steam cleaning.
I. Nonacidic Liquid Chemical Cleaning:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied by low-pressure spray.
2. Apply cleaner to surface in two applications by brush or low-pressure spray.
3. Let cleaner remain on surface for period recommended in writing by chemical-
cleaner manufacturer
4. Rinse with hot water applied by medium-pressure spray to remove chemicals
and soil.
5. Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect
established by mockup. Do not repeat more than once. If additional cleaning is
required, use steam cleaning.
J. Mild-Acid Chemical Cleaning:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied by low-pressure spray.
2. Apply cleaner to surface in two applications by brush or low-pressure spray.
3. Let cleaner remain on surface for period recommended in writing by chemical-
cleaner manufacturer]
4. Rinse with cold water applied by low pressure spray to remove chemicals and
soil.
5. Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect
established by mockup. Do not repeat more than once. If additional cleaning
is required, use steam cleaning.
K. Acidic Chemical Cleaning:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied by low-pressure spray.
2. Apply cleaner to surface in two applications by brush or low-pressure spray.
3. Rinse with cold water applied by medium pressure spray to remove chemicals
and soil. Rinse until all foaming, if any, stops and suds disappear.
4. Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect
established by mockup. Do not repeat more than once. If additional cleaning is
required, use steam cleaning.
L. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage paint-remover manufacturer's and chemical-
cleaner manufacturer's factory-authorized service representatives for consultation and
Project-site inspection, to perform preconstruction product testing, and provide on-
site assistance when requested by Architect. Have paint-remover manufacturer's and
chemical-cleaner manufacturer's factory-authorized service representatives visit
Project site not less than twice to observing progress and quality of the work.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 10 Masonry Cleaning
3.4 FINAL CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent nonmasonry surfaces of spillage and debris. Use detergent and soft
brushes or cloths.
B. Remove debris from gutters and downspouts. Rinse off roof and flush gutters and
downspouts.
C. Remove masking materials, leaving no residues that could trap dirt.

END OF SECTION 04 01 10

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
SECTION 04 01 20.63 - BRICK MASONRY REPAIR
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Repairing brick masonry, including replacing units.
2. Removing abandoned anchors.
3. Painting steel uncovered during the work.
1.3 UNIT PRICES
A. Work of this Section is affected by unit prices specified in Section 00 41 43"Bid Forms".
1. Unit prices apply to authorized work covered by quantity.
2. Unit prices apply to additions to and deletions from Work as authorized by
Change Orders.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Low-Pressure Spray: 100 to 400 psi (690 to 2750 kPa)
B. Revise "Rebuilding (Setting) Mortar" Paragraph below to suit local usage and office
practice.
C. Rebuilding (Setting) Mortar: Mortar used to set and anchor masonry in a structure,
distinct from pointing mortar installed after masonry is set in place.
D. Saturation Coefficient: Ratio of the weight of water absorbed during immersion in cold
water to weight absorbed during immersion in boiling water; used as an indication of
resistance of masonry units to freezing and thawing.
1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
1. Review methods and procedures related to brick masonry repair including, but
not limited to, the following:
a. Verify brick masonry repair specialist's personnel, equipment, and facilities
needed to make progress and avoid delays.
b. Materials, material application, sequencing, tolerances, and required
clearances.
c. Quality-control program.
d. Coordination with building occupants.
e. Safety protocol to be set in place during construction.
1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Order sand and gray Portland cement for colored mortar immediately after approval of
mockups. Take delivery of and store at Project site enough quantity to complete
Project.
B. Work Sequence: Perform brick masonry repair work in the following sequence, which
includes work specified in this and other Sections:
1. Remove plant growth.
2. Inspect masonry for open mortar joints and point them before cleaning to
prevent the intrusion of water and other cleaning materials into the wall.
3. Remove paint.
4. Clean masonry.
5. Rake out mortar from joints surrounding masonry to be replaced and from joints
adjacent to masonry repairs along joints.
6. Repair masonry, including replacing existing masonry with new masonry
materials.
7. Rake out mortar from joints to be repointed.
8. Point mortar and sealant joints.
9. After repairs and repointing have been completed and cured, perform a final
cleaning to remove residues from this work.
C. As scaffolding is removed, patch anchor holes used to attach scaffolding if applicable.
Patch holes in masonry units according to "Masonry Unit Patching" Article. Patch
holes in mortar joints according to Section 040120.64 "Brick Masonry Repointing."
1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following:
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
1. Colored Mortar: Submit sets of mortar that will be left exposed in the form of
sample mortar strips, 6 inches long by 1/2 inch wide, set in aluminum or plastic
channels.
a. Have each set contain a close color range of at least three samples of
different mixes of colored sands and cements that produce a mortar
matching existing, cleaned mortar when cured and dry.
b. Submit with precise measurements on ingredients, proportions,
gradations, and source of colored sands from which each Sample was
made.
2. Sand Types Used for Mortar: Minimum 8 oz. of each in plastic screw-top jars.
3. Patching Compound: Submit sets of patching compound Samples in the form of
plugs (patches in drilled holes) in sample units of masonry representative of the
range of masonry colors on the building.
a. Have each set contain a close color range of at least three samples of
different mixes of patching compound that matches the variations in
existing masonry when cured and dry.
4. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection.
B. Samples for Verification: For the following:
1. Each type of brick unit to be used for replacing existing units. Include sets of
Samples to show the full range of shape, color, and texture to be expected. For
each brick type, provide straps or panels containing at least four bricks. Include
multiple straps for brick with a wide range.
2. Each type of patching compound in the form of briquettes, at least 3 inches long
by 1-1/2 inches wide. Document each Sample with manufacturer and stock
number or other information necessary to order additional material.
3. Accessories: Each type of accessory and miscellaneous support.
1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For brick masonry repair specialist
B. Quality-control program.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Brick Masonry Repair Specialist Qualifications: Engage an experienced brick masonry
repair firm to perform work of this Section. Firm shall have completed work similar in
material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
successful in-service performance. Experience in only installing masonry is insufficient
experience for masonry repair work.
1. Field Supervision: Brick masonry repair specialist shall maintain experienced full-
time supervisors on Project site during times that brick masonry repair work is in
progress.
B. Quality-Control Program: Prepare a written quality-control program for this Project to
systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow methods and
use materials and tools without damaging masonry. Include provisions for supervising
performance and preventing damage.
C. Mockups: Prepare mockups of brick masonry repair to demonstrate aesthetic effects
and to set quality standards for materials and execution and for fabrication and
installation.
1. Masonry Repair: Prepare sample areas for each type of masonry repair work
performed. If not otherwise indicated, size each mockup not smaller than two
adjacent whole units or approximately 48 inches in least dimension. Construct
sample areas in locations in existing walls where directed by Architect unless
otherwise indicated. Demonstrate matching brick choices, quality of materials,
workmanship, and blending with existing work. Include the following as a
minimum:
a. Replacement: Six brick units replaced.
b. Patching: Three small holes at least 1 inch in diameter for each type of
brick indicated to be patched.
2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the
Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves
such deviations in writing.

3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part
of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver masonry units to Project site strapped together in suitable packs or pallets or in
heavy-duty cartons and protected against impact and chipping.
B. Deliver packaged materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened
containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products.
C. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.
Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
D. Store hydrated lime in manufacturer's original and unopened containers. Discard lime
if containers have been damaged or have been opened for more than two days.
E. Store sand where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination avoided.
F. Handle masonry units to prevent overstressing, chipping, defacement, and other
damage.
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted
weather conditions permit brick masonry repair work to be performed according to
product manufacturers' written instructions and specified requirements.
B. Temperature Limits, General: Repair masonry units only when air temperature is
between 40 and 90 deg F is predicted to remain so for at least seven days after
completion of the Work unless otherwise indicated.
C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Comply with the following procedures for masonry
repair unless otherwise indicated:
1. When air temperature is below 40 deg F heat mortar ingredients, masonry repair
materials, and existing masonry walls to produce temperatures between 40 and
120 deg F.
2. When mean daily air temperature is below 40 deg F provide enclosure and heat
to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F within the enclosure for seven days
after repair.
D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect masonry repairs when temperature and humidity
conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and repair materials.
Provide artificial shade and wind breaks, and use cooled materials as required to
minimize evaporation. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 90
deg F and above unless otherwise indicated.
E. For manufactured repair materials, perform work within the environmental limits set
by each manufacturer.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of material for repairing brick masonry (brick,
cement, sand, etc.) from single source with resources to provide materials of
consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
2.2 MASONRY MATERIALS
A. Face Brick: As required to complete brick masonry repair work.
1. Brick Matching Existing: Units with colors, color variation within units, surface
texture, size, and shape that match existing brickwork and with physical
properties as listed below:
a. Physical Properties: According to ASTM C 67 and as follows:
1) Compressive Strength: 5500 psi
2) Efflorescence: Provide brick that has been tested according to ASTM
C 67 and is rated "not effloresced.
3) Size: (Actual Dimensions) 3-5/8" wide by 2-1/4" high by 7-5/8" long.
4) Product: to be determined
5) Color and Texture: to match existing.
b. For existing brickwork that exhibits a range of colors or color variation
within units, provide brick that proportionally matches that range and
variation rather than brick that matches an individual color within that
range.
2.3 MORTAR MATERIALS
A. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329
1. Product: Holcim (US) Inc.; Mortamix Restoration Cement
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
C. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91/C 91M.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Arriscraft and LaFarge.
2. Color: As indicated or selected by the Architect.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
D. Cold Weather Admixture: No chloride, noncorrosive accelerating admixture complying
with ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in
masonry mortar of composition indicated
1. Addiment Incorporated; Mortar Kick.
2. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Accelguard 80.
3. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Morset
4. Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex; Trimix-NCA
E. Mortar Sand: ASTM C 144.
1. Exposed Mortar: Match size, texture, and gradation of existing mortar sand as
closely as possible. Blend several sands if necessary to achieve suitable match.
2. Colored Mortar: Natural sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone of
color necessary to produce required mortar color.
F. Water: Potable.
G. Weeps: Injection molded polypropylene weep vents
Manufacturer: Manthorpe building products, G950
H. Setting Buttons and Shims: Resilient plastic, nonstaining to masonry, sized to suit joint
thicknesses and bed depths of masonry units, less the required depth of pointing
materials unless removed before pointing.
I. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material; compatible with mortar, joint
primers, sealants, and surfaces adjacent to joints; and that easily comes off entirely,
including adhesive.
J. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject
to approval of a mockup:
1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved.
2. Minimal possibility of damaging exposed surfaces.
3. Consistency of each application.
4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance.
5. Do not use products or tools that could leave residue on surfaces.
2.4 MORTAR MIXES

A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents,
accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other
admixtures, unless otherwise indicated.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
Retain "Mortar Pigments" Subparagraph below if using pigments; revise to suit Project.
B. Do not use admixtures in mortar unless otherwise indicated.
C. Mixes: Mix mortar materials in the following proportions:
1. Rebuilding (Setting) Mortar by Volume: ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification,
part Portland cement, 1 part lime, and 6 parts sand.
2. Pigmented, Colored Mortar: Add mortar pigments to produce exposed, setting
(rebuilding) mortar of colors required.
2.5 ANCHORS AND TIES

A. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in subsequent paragraphs that are made
from materials that comply with eight subparagraphs below, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Interior Walls: Mill-Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A
641/A 641M, Class 1 coating.
2. Exterior Walls: Hot-Dip Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A
153/A 153M, Class B-2 coating.
3. Wire Ties, General: Unless otherwise indicated, size wire ties to extend at least
halfway through veneer but with at least 5/8-inch (16-mm) cover on outside face.
Outer ends of wires are bent 90 degrees and extend 2 inches (50 mm) parallel to
face of veneer.
4. Individual Wire Ties: Rectangular units with closed ends and not less than 4 inch-
es (100 mm) wide.

1. Where wythes are of different materials, use adjustable ties with pintle-and-eye
connections having a maximum adjustment of 1-1/4 inches (32 mm).

2. Wire: Fabricate from 3/16-inch- (4.8-mm-) diameter, hot-dip galvanized wire Mill
galvanized
a. Wire ties may be used in interior walls, unless otherwise indicated.

3.Install wall ties according to code or at minimum every 2.67 square feet of the brick
wall area. Attach the wall ties to the wood structure using 8d nails at a minimum.
Attach wall ties at the vertical stud locations at a minimum of 16" o.c. and a minimum
of every 6
th
course. Install anchors at the soldier courses and install within the top
two courses of the wall. Insert the anchors into the brick a minimum of 1/2 the width
of the brick but no more than 5/8" from the exterior face of the brick.

ADJUSTIBLE MASONRY VENEER ANCHORS

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
A. General: Provide anchors that allow vertical adjustment but resist tension and compres-
sion forces perpendicular to plane of wall, for attachment over sheathing to wood or
metal studs, and as follows
1. Structural Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a 100-lbf (445-
N) load in both tension and compression without deforming or developing play
in excess of 0.05 inch (1.3 mm).
2. Screw-Attached, Masonry-Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wire tie and a
metal anchor section.
a. Anchor Section: Sheet metal plate, 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) wide by 6 inches
(150mm) long, with screw holes top and bottom and with raised rib-
stiffened strap, 5/8 inch (16 mm) wide by 3-5/8 inches (92 mm) long,
stamped into center to provide a slot between strap and plate for insert-
ing wire tie.
b. Fabricate sheet metal anchor sections and other sheet metal parts from
0.067-inch-(1.7-mm-) thick, steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication.
c. Wire Ties: Triangular-wire ties fabricated from 0.188-inch- (4.8-mm-) di-
ameter, hot-dip galvanized steel wire.
d. d. Products:
1. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Division; D/A 210 with
D/A 700-708.
2. Heckmann Building Products Inc.; 315-D with 316.
3. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; DW-10HS, with Vee Wall tie.
3. Polymer-Coated, Steel Drill Screws for Steel Studs: ASTM C 954 except manufac-
tured with hex washer head and neoprene washer, No. 10 (4.8-mm) diameter by
length required to penetrate steel stud flange with not less than 3 exposed threads,
and with organic polymer coating with salt-spray resistance to red rust of more
than 800 hours per ASTM B 117.
a. Products:
1. ITW Buildex; Teks Maxiseal with Climaseal finish.
2. Textron Inc., Textron Fastening Systems; Elco Dril-Flex with
Stalgard finish.
4. Install wall ties according to code or at minimum every 2.67 square feet of the
brick wall area. Attach the wall ties to the wood structure using 8d nails at a mini-
mum. Attach wall ties at the vertical stud locations at a minimum of 16" o.c. and a
minimum of every 6
th
course. Install anchors at the soldier courses and install within
the top two courses of the wall. Insert the anchors into the brick a minimum of 1/2
the width of the brick but no more than 5/8" from the exterior face of the brick.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 REPAIR SPECIALIST
A. Brick Masonry Repair Specialist Firms: Subject to compliance with requirements.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Prevent mortar from staining face of surrounding masonry and other surfaces.
1. Cover sills, ledges, and other projecting items to protect them from mortar
droppings.
2. Keep wall area wet below rebuilding and repair work to discourage mortar from
adhering.
3. Immediately remove mortar splatters in contact with exposed masonry and
other surfaces.
B. Remove downspouts and associated hardware adjacent to masonry and store during
masonry repair. Reinstall when repairs are complete.
1. Provide temporary rain drainage during work to direct water away from building.
3.3 MASONRY REPAIR, GENERAL
A. Appearance Standard: Repaired surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed
from 20 feet away by Architect.
3.4 ABANDONED ANCHOR REMOVAL
A. Remove abandoned anchors, brackets, wood nailers, and other extraneous items no
longer in use unless indicated to remain.
1. Remove items carefully to avoid spalling or cracking masonry.
2. Notify Architect before proceeding if an item cannot be removed without
damaging surrounding masonry. Do the following where directed.
3. Revise first two subparagraphs below if cutting off an item flush is acceptable.
Ferrous items continue to corrode if cut off flush. Patch hole where each item
was removed unless directed to remove and replace masonry unit.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
3.5 BRICK REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
A. At locations indicated, remove bricks that are damaged, spalled, or deteriorated or are
to be reused. Carefully remove entire units from joint to joint, without damaging
surrounding masonry, in a manner that permits replacement with full-size units.
1. When removing single bricks, remove material from center of brick and work
toward outside edges.
B. Support and protect remaining masonry that surrounds removal area.
C. Maintain flashing, reinforcement, lintels, and adjoining in an undamaged condition
construction unless directed to remove. Coordinate with new flashing, reinforcement,
and stucco, which are specified in other Sections.]
D. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions including voids, cracks, bulges,
and loose units in existing masonry backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other
deteriorated items.


E. Remove in an undamaged condition as many whole bricks as possible.
1. Remove mortar, loose particles, and soil from brick by cleaning with hand
chisels, brushes, and water.
2. Remove sealants by cutting close to brick with utility knife and cleaning with
solvents.
3. Store brick for reuse. Store off ground, on skids, and protected from weather.
4. Deliver cleaned brick not required for reuse to Owner unless otherwise
indicated.
F. Clean masonry surrounding removal areas by removing mortar, dust, and loose
particles in preparation for brick replacement.
G. Replace removed damaged brick with other removed brick in good condition, where
possible, or with new brick matching existing brick. Do not use broken units unless
they can be cut to usable size.
H. Install replacement brick into bonding and coursing pattern of existing brick. If cutting
is required, use a motor-driven saw designed to cut masonry with clean, sharp,
unchipped edges.
1. Maintain joint width for replacement units to match existing joints.
2. Use setting buttons or shims to set units accurately spaced with uniform joints.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
I. Lay replacement brick with rebuilding (setting) mortar and with completely filled bed,
head, and collar joints. Butter ends with enough mortar to fill head joints and shove
into place. Wet both replacement and surrounding bricks that have ASTM C 67 initial
rates of absorption (suction) of more than 30 g/30 sq. in. per min. Use wetting
methods that ensure that units are nearly saturated but surface is dry when laid.
1. Tool exposed mortar joints in repaired areas to match joints of surrounding
existing brickwork.
2. Rake out mortar used for laying brick before mortar sets according to
Section 040120.64 "Brick Masonry Repointing." Point at same time as repointing
of surrounding area.
3. When mortar is hard enough to support units, remove shims and other devices
interfering with pointing of joints.
J. Curing: Cure mortar by maintaining in thoroughly damp condition for at least 72
consecutive hours, including weekends and holidays.
1. Hairline cracking within the mortar or mortar separation at edge of a joint is
unacceptable. Completely remove such mortar and repoint.
3.6 PAINTING STEEL UNCOVERED DURING THE WORK
A. Notify Architect if steel is exposed during masonry removal. Where Architect
determines that steel is structural, or for other reasons cannot be totally removed,
prepare and paint it as follows:
1. Surface Preparation: Remove paint, rust, and other contaminants according to
SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning as applicable to comply with paint
manufacturer's recommended preparation.
2. Antirust Coating: Immediately paint exposed steel with two coats of antirust
coating, following coating manufacturer's written instructions and without
exceeding manufacturer's recommended rate of application (dry film thickness
per coat).
B. If on inspection and rust removal, the thickness of a steel member is found to be
reduced from rust by more than 1/16 inch, notify Architect before proceeding.
3.7 MASONRY UNIT PATCHING
A. Patch the following masonry units unless another type of repair or replacement is
indicated:
1. Units indicated to be patched.
2. Units with cracks.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
3. Units with chipped edges or corners.
4. Units with small areas of deep deterioration
B. Patching Bricks:
1. Remove loose material from masonry surface. Carefully remove additional
material so patch does not have feathered edges but has square or slightly
undercut edges on area to be patched and is at least 1/4 inch thick, but not less
than recommended in writing by patching compound manufacturer.
2. Mask adjacent mortar joint or rake out for repointing if patch extends to edge of
masonry unit.
3. Mix patching compound in individual batches to match each unit being patched.
Combine one or more colors of patching compound, as needed, to produce exact
match.
4. Rinse surface to be patched and leave damp, but without standing water.
5. Brush-coat surfaces with slurry coat of patching compound according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
6. Place patching compound in layers as recommended in writing by patching
compound manufacturer, but not less than 1/4 inch or more than 2 inches thick.
Roughen surface of each layer to provide a key for next layer.
7. Trowel, scrape, or carve surface of patch to match texture and surrounding
surface plane or contour of masonry unit. Shape and finish surface before or
after curing, as determined by testing, to best match existing masonry unit.
8. Keep each layer damp for 72 hours or until patching compound has set.
9. Remove and replace patches with hairline cracks or that show separation from
brick at edges, and those that do not match adjoining brick in color or texture.
3.8 FINAL CLEANING
A. After mortar has fully hardened, thoroughly clean exposed masonry surfaces of excess
mortar and foreign matter; use wood scrapers, stiff-nylon or -fiber brushes, and clean
water applied by low-pressure spray.
1. Do not use metal scrapers or brushes.
2. Do not use acidic or alkaline cleaners.
B. Clean adjacent nonmasonry surfaces. Use detergent and soft brushes or cloths.
C. Clean mortar and debris from roof; remove debris from gutters and downspouts. Rinse
off roof and flush gutters and downspouts.
D. Remove masking materials, leaving no residues that could trap dirt.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 04 01 20.63 Summary of Work Brick Masonry Repair
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and
inspections. Allow inspectors use of lift devices and scaffolding, as needed, to perform
inspections.
B. Architect's Project Representatives: Architect will assign Project representatives to
help carry out Architect's responsibilities at the site, including observing progress and
quality of portion of the Work completed. Allow Architect's Project representatives use
of lift devices and scaffolding, as needed, to observe progress and quality of portion of
the Work completed.
C. Notify Architect's Project representatives in advance of times when lift devices and
scaffolding will be relocated. Do not relocate lift devices and scaffolding until
Architect's Project representatives have had reasonable opportunity to make
inspections and observations of work areas at lift device or scaffold location.
3.10 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL
A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are
Contractor's property.
B. Masonry Waste: Remove masonry waste and legally dispose of off Owner's property.

END OF SECTION 04 01 20.63

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26,2014 04 01 20.64 - 1 Brick Masonry Repointing
SECTION 04 01 20.64 - BRICK MASONRY REPOINTING
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Repointing joints with mortar.
2. Repointing joints with sealant.
1.3 UNIT PRICES
A. Work of this Section is affected by unit prices specified in Section 00 41 43"Bid Forms.
1. Unit prices apply to authorized work covered by quantity.
2. Unit prices apply to additions to and deletions from Work as authorized by
Change Orders.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Low-Pressure Spray: 100 to 400 psi, 690 to 2750 kPa.
1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project Site
1. Review methods and procedures related to repointing brick masonry including,
but not limited to, the following:
a. Verify brick masonry repointing specialist's personnel, equipment, and
facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
b. Materials, material application, sequencing, tolerances, and required
clearances.
c. Quality-control program.
d. Coordination with building occupants.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26,2014 04 01 20.64 - 2 Brick Masonry Repointing
1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Order sand and gray Portland cement for pointing mortar immediately after approval
of mockups. Take delivery of and store at Project site enough quantity to complete
Project.
B. Work Sequence: Perform brick masonry repointing work in the following sequence,
which includes work specified in this and other Sections:
1. Remove plant growth.
2. Inspect masonry for open mortar joints and permanently or temporarily point
them before cleaning to prevent the intrusion of water and other cleaning
materials into the wall.
3. Remove paint.
4. Clean masonry.
5. Rake out mortar from joints surrounding masonry to be replaced and from joints
adjacent to masonry repairs along joints.
6. Repair masonry, including replacing existing masonry with new masonry
materials.
7. Rake out mortar from joints to be repointed.
8. Point mortar and sealant joints.
9. After repairs and repointing have been completed and cured, perform a final
cleaning to remove residues from this work.
10. Where water repellents are to be used on or near masonry work, delay
application of these chemicals until after pointing and cleaning.
C. As scaffolding is removed, patch anchor holes used to attach scaffolding. Patch holes in
masonry units according to Section 040120.63 "Brick Masonry Repair." Patch holes in
mortar joints according to "Repointing Masonry" Article.
1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes.
2. Include recommendations for product application and use. Include test data
substantiating that products comply with requirements.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Include elevations and locations of repointing work on the structure.
2. Show provisions for expansion joints or other sealant joints.
3. Show locations of scaffolding and points of scaffolding in contact with masonry.
Include details of each point of contact or anchorage.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26,2014 04 01 20.64 - 3 Brick Masonry Repointing
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following:
1. Pointing Mortar: Submit sets of mortar for pointing in the form of sample mortar
strips, 6 inches long by 1/4 inch [1/2 inch wide, set in aluminum or plastic
channels.
a. Have each set contain a close color range of at least three Samples of
different mixes of colored sands and cements that produce a mortar
matching existing, cleaned mortar when cured and dry.
b. Submit with precise measurements on ingredients, proportions,
gradations, and source of colored sands from which each Sample was
made.
2. Sand Type Used for Pointing Mortar: Minimum 8 oz. of each in plastic screw-top
jars.
3. Sealant materials.
4. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection.
D. Samples for Verification: For the following:
1. Each type, color, and texture of pointing mortar in the form of sample mortar
strips, 6 inches long by 1/2 inch wide, set in aluminum or plastic channels.
a. Include with each Sample a list of ingredients with proportions of each.
Identify sources, both supplier and quarry, of each type of sand and brand
names of cementitious materials and pigments if any.
2. Sealant materials.
3. Accessories: Each type of accessory and miscellaneous support.
1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For brick masonry repointing specialist.
B. Quality-control program.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Brick Masonry Repointing Specialist Qualifications: Engage an experienced brick
masonry repointing firm to perform work of this Section. Firm shall have completed
work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project with a
record of successful in-service performance. Experience in only installing masonry is
insufficient experience for masonry repointing work.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26,2014 04 01 20.64 - 4 Brick Masonry Repointing
1. Field Supervision: Brick masonry repointing specialist firms shall maintain
experienced full-time supervisors on Project site during times that brick masonry
repointing work is in progress.
B. Quality-Control Program: Prepare a written quality-control program for this Project to
systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow methods and
use materials and tools without damaging masonry. Include provisions for supervising
performance and preventing damage.
C. Mockups: Prepare mockups of brick masonry repointing to demonstrate aesthetic
effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Repointing: Rake out joints in two separate areas[, each approximately 30 inches
high by 36 inches wide for each type of repointing required, and repoint one of
the areas.
2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the
Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves
such deviations in writing.
3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part
of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver packaged materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened
containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products.
B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.
Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp.
C. Store hydrated lime in manufacturer's original and unopened containers. Discard lime
if containers have been damaged or have been opened for more than two days.
D. Store sand where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination avoided.
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted
weather conditions permit repointing work to be performed according to product
manufacturers' written instructions and specified requirements.
B. Temperature Limits, General: Repoint mortar joints only when air temperature is
between 40 and 90 deg F and is predicted to remain so for at least seven days after
completion of the Work unless otherwise indicated.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26,2014 04 01 20.64 - 5 Brick Masonry Repointing
C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Comply with the following procedures for mortar-joint
pointing unless otherwise indicated:
1. When air temperature is below 40 deg F heat mortar ingredients and existing
masonry walls to produce temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F.
2. When mean daily air temperature is below 40 deg F, provide enclosure and heat
to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F within the enclosure for seven days
after pointing.
D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect mortar-joint pointing when temperature and
humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar materials.
Provide artificial shade and wind breaks, and use cooled materials as required to
minimize evaporation. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 90
deg F and above unless otherwise indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of material for repointing brick masonry (cement,
sand, etc.) from single source with resources to provide materials of consistent quality
in appearance and physical properties.
2.2 MORTAR MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or Type II, except Type III may be used
for cold-weather construction; white[ or gray, or both] where required for color
matching of mortar.
1. Provide cement containing not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested
according to ASTM C 114.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
Manufacturer LaFarge North America or QUIKRETE
C. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91/C 91M.
D. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329/C 1329M.
1. Manufacturer LaFarge North America

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26,2014 04 01 20.64 - 6 Brick Masonry Repointing
E. Mortar Sand: ASTM C 144.
1. Match size, texture, and gradation of existing mortar sand as closely as possible.
Blend several sands if necessary to achieve suitable match.
2. Color: Natural sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone of color
necessary to produce required mortar color.
F. Water: Potable.
2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Sealant Materials:
1. Sealant manufacturer's standard elastomeric sealant(s) of base polymer and
characteristics indicated below and according to applicable requirements in
Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."
a. Type: Single-component, nonsag urethane sealant.
2. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of mortar adjoining
installed sealant unless otherwise indicated.
3. Ground-Mortar Aggregate: Custom crushed and ground pointing mortar sand or
existing mortar retrieved from joints. Grind to a particle size that matches the
adjacent mortar aggregate and color. Remove all fines passing the No. 100 sieve.
B. Joint-Sealant Backing:
1. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a
surface skin) and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise
contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.
2. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended in
writing by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid,
inflexible, joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such
adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where
applicable.
C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material; compatible with mortar, joint
primers, sealants, and surfaces adjacent to joints; and that easily comes off entirely,
including adhesive.
D. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject
to approval of a mockup:
1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved.
2. Minimal possibility of damaging exposed surfaces.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26,2014 04 01 20.64 - 7 Brick Masonry Repointing
3. Consistency of each application.
4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance.
5. Do not use products or tools that could leave residue on surfaces.
2.4 MORTAR MIXES
A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents,
accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other
admixtures, unless otherwise indicated.
Retain "Mortar Pigments" Subparagraph below if using pigments; revise to suit Project.
B. Do not use admixtures in mortar unless otherwise indicated.
C. Mixes: Mix mortar materials in the following proportions:

1. Rebuilding (Setting) Mortar by Volume: ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification,
part Portland cement, 1 part lime, and 6 parts sand.
2. Pigmented, Colored Mortar: Add mortar pigments to produce exposed, setting
(rebuilding) mortar of colors required.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 REPOINTING SPECIALIST
A. Brick Masonry Repointing Specialist Firms: Subject to compliance with requirements[
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Prevent mortar from staining face of surrounding masonry and other surfaces.
1. Cover sills, ledges, and other projecting items to protect them from mortar
droppings.
2. Keep wall area wet below pointing work to discourage mortar from adhering.
3. Immediately remove mortar splatters in contact with exposed masonry and
other surfaces.
B. Remove downspouts and associated hardware adjacent to masonry and store during
masonry repointing. Reinstall when repointing is complete.
1. Provide temporary rain drainage during work to direct water away from building.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26,2014 04 01 20.64 - 8 Brick Masonry Repointing
3.3 MASONRY REPOINTING, GENERAL
A. Appearance Standard: Repointed surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed
from 20 away by Architect.
3.4 REPOINTING MASONRY
A. Rake out and repoint joints to the following extent:
1. All joints in areas indicated.
2. Joints indicated as sealant-filled joints.
3. Joints at locations of the following defects:
a. Holes and missing mortar.
b. Cracks that can be penetrated 1/4 inch or more by a knife blade 0.027 inch
thick.
c. Cracks 1/16 inch or more in width and of any depth.
d. Hollow-sounding joints when tapped by metal object.
e. Eroded surfaces 1/4 inch or more deep.
f. Deterioration to point that mortar can be easily removed by hand, without
tools.
g. Joints filled with substances other than mortar.
B. Do not rake out and repoint joints where not required.
C. Rake out joints as follows, according to procedures demonstrated in approved
mockup:

a. Remove mortar from joints to depth of 2-1/2 times joint width, but not
less than 1/2 inch 3/4 inch or not less than that required to expose sound,
unweathered mortar. Do not remove unsound mortar more than 2 inches
deep; consult Architect for direction.
2. Remove mortar from masonry surfaces within raked-out joints to provide reveals
with square backs and to expose masonry for contact with pointing mortar.
Brush, vacuum, or flush joints to remove dirt and loose debris.
3. Do not spall edges of masonry units or widen joints.
4. Replace or patch damaged masonry units as directed by Architect.
D. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions including voids in mortar joints,
cracks, loose masonry units, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items.


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26,2014 04 01 20.64 - 9 Brick Masonry Repointing
E. Pointing with Mortar:
1. Rinse joint surfaces with water to remove dust and mortar particles. Time
rinsing application so, at time of pointing, joint surfaces is damp but free of
standing water. If rinse water dries, dampen joint surfaces before pointing.
2. Apply pointing mortar first to areas where existing mortar was removed to
depths greater than surrounding areas. Apply in layers not greater than 3/8 inch
until a uniform depth is formed. Fully compact each layer, and allow it to
become thumbprint hard before applying next layer.
3. After deep areas have been filled to same depth as remaining joints, point joints
by placing mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch. Fully compact each layer
and allow to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. Where
existing masonry units have worn or rounded edges, slightly recess finished
mortar surface below face of masonry to avoid widened joint faces. Take care
not to spread mortar beyond joint edges onto exposed masonry surfaces or to
featheredge the mortar.
4. When mortar is thumbprint hard, tool joints to match original appearance of
joints as demonstrated in approved mockup. Remove excess mortar from edge
of joint by brushing.
5. Cure mortar by maintaining in thoroughly damp condition for at least 72
consecutive hours, including weekends and holidays.
6. Hairline cracking within mortar or mortar separation at edge of a joint is
unacceptable. Completely remove such mortar and repoint.
F. Pointing with Sealant: Comply with Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." and as follows:
1. After raking out, keep joints dry and free of mortar and debris.
2. Clean and prepare joint surfaces. Prime joint surfaces unless sealant
manufacturer recommends against priming. Do not allow primer to spill or
migrate onto adjoining surfaces.
3. Fill sealant joints with specified joint sealant.
a. Install cylindrical sealant backing beneath the sealant. Where space is
insufficient for cylindrical sealant backing, install bond-breaker tape.
b. Install sealant using only proven installation techniques that ensure that
sealant is deposited in a uniform, continuous ribbon, without gaps or air
pockets, and with complete wetting of the joint bond surfaces equally on
both sides. Fill joint flush with surrounding masonry and matching the
contour of adjoining mortar joints.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26,2014 04 01 20.64 - 10 Brick Masonry Repointing

c. Install sealant as recommended in writing by sealant manufacturer but
within the following general limitations, measured at the center (thin)
section of the bead:
1) Fill joints to a depth equal to joint width, but not more than 1/2 inch
deep or less than 1/4 inch deep.
d. Tool sealant to form smooth, uniform beads, slightly concave. Remove
excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint.
e. Sanded Joints: Immediately after first tooling, apply ground-mortar
aggregate to sealant, gently pushing aggregate into the surface of sealant.
Lightly retool sealant to form smooth, uniform beads, slightly concave.
Remove excess sealant and aggregate from surfaces adjacent to joint.
f. Do not allow sealant to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to
migrate into the voids of adjoining surfaces, particularly rough textures.
Remove excess and spillage of sealant promptly as the work progresses.
Clean adjoining surfaces by the means necessary to eliminate evidence of
spillage, without damage to adjoining surfaces or finishes, as
demonstrated in an approved mockup.
G. Where repointing work precedes cleaning of existing masonry, allow mortar to harden
at least 30 days before beginning cleaning work.
3.5 FINAL CLEANING
A. After mortar has fully hardened, thoroughly clean exposed masonry surfaces of excess
mortar and foreign matter; use wood scrapers, stiff-nylon or -fiber brushes, and clean
water applied by low-pressure spray.
1. Do not use metal scrapers or brushes.
2. Do not use acidic or alkaline cleaners.
B. Clean adjacent nonmasonry surfaces. Use detergent and soft brushes or cloths.
C. Clean mortar and debris from roof; remove debris from gutters and downspouts. Rinse
off roof and flush gutters and downspouts.
D. Remove masking materials, leaving no residues that could trap dirt.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26,2014 04 01 20.64 - 11 Brick Masonry Repointing
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage qualified testing agency to perform tests and
inspections. Allow inspectors use of lift devices and scaffolding, as needed, to perform
inspections.
B. Architect's Project Representatives: Architect will assign Project representatives to
help carry out Architect's responsibilities at the site, including observing progress and
quality of portion of the Work completed. Allow Architect's Project representatives use
of lift devices and scaffolding, as needed, to observe progress and quality of portion of
the Work completed.
C. Notify Architect's Project representatives in advance of times when lift devices and
scaffolding will be relocated. Do not relocate lift devices and scaffolding until
Architect's Project representatives have had reasonable opportunity to make
inspections and observations of work areas at lift device or scaffold location.

END OF SECTION 04 01 20.64
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 07 24 19 - 1 Exterior Insulation and Finish System ( EIFS)
SECTION 07 24 19 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS)
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Section includes water-drainage exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS)
applied over weather-resistant sheathing paper over exterior cement board
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Class PB EIFS: A non-load-bearing, exterior wall cladding system that consists of an
insulation board attached adhesively, mechanically, or both to the substrate; an
integrally reinforced base coat; and a textured protective finish coat.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. EIFS Performance: Comply with the following:
1. Bond Integrity: Free from bond failure within EIFS components or between
system and supporting wall construction, resulting from exposure to fire, wind
loads, weather, or other in-service conditions.
2. Weather tightness: Resistant to water penetration from exterior into water-
drainage EIFS and assemblies behind it or through them into interior of building
that results in deterioration of thermal-insulating effectiveness or other
degradation of EIFS and assemblies behind it, including substrates, supporting
wall construction, and interior finish, and including a means that allows water
entering into an EIFS assembly to drain to the exterior.
B. Class PB EIFS: Provide EIFS having physical properties and structural performance that
comply with the following:
1. Abrasion Resistance: Sample consisting of 1-inch-thick EIFS mounted on 1/2-
inch- thick gypsum board; cured for a minimum of 28 days; and showing no
cracking, checking, or loss of film integrity after exposure to 528 quarts of sand
when tested per ASTM D 968, Method A.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 07 24 19 - 2 Exterior Insulation and Finish System ( EIFS)
2. Absorption-Freeze Resistance: No visible deterious effects and negligible weight
loss after 60 cycles per EIMA 101.01.
3. Accelerated Weathering: Five samples per ICC-ES AC235 showing no cracking,
checking, crazing, erosion, rusting, blistering, peeling, delamination, or other
characteristics that might affect performance as a wall cladding after testing for
2000 hours when viewed under 5 times magnification per ASTM G 153 or
ASTM G 154
4. Freeze-Thaw: No surface changes, cracking, checking, crazing, erosion, rusting,
blistering, peeling, or delamination, or indications of delamination between
components when viewed under 5 times magnification after 10 cycles per ICC-
ES AC235.
5. Mildew Resistance of Finish Coat: Sample applied to 2-by-2-inchclean glass
substrate, cured for 28 days, and showing no growth when tested per
ASTM D 3273 and evaluated according to ASTM D 3274.
6. Salt-Spray Resistance: No deleterious effects when tested according to ICC-
ES AC235.
7. Tensile Adhesion: No failure in the EIFS, adhesive, base coat, or finish coat when
tested per ICC-ES AC235.
8. Water Penetration: Sample consisting of 1-inch-thick EIFS mounted on 1/2-inch-
thick gypsum board, cured for 28 days, and showing no water penetration into
the plane of the base coat to expanded polystyrene board interface of the test
specimen after 15 minutes at 6.24 lb/sq. ft. (299 Pa) of air pressure difference or
20 percent of positive design wind pressure, whichever is greater, across the
specimen during a test period when tested per EIMA 101.02.
9. Water Resistance: Three samples, each consisting of 1-inch- thick EIFS mounted
on 1/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) thick gypsum board; cured for 28 days; and showing no
cracking, checking, crazing, erosion, rusting, blistering, peeling, or delamination
after testing for 14 days per ASTM D 2247.
10. Impact Resistance: Sample consisting of 1-inch-thick EIFS when constructed,
conditioned, and tested per EIMA 101.86; and meeting or exceeding the
following:
a. Medium Impact Resistance: 50 to 89 inch-lb.
b. Ultra-High Impact Resistance: More than 150 inch-lb.
11. Drainage: According to ICC-ES AC24.
12. Structural Performance Testing: EIFS assembly and components shall comply
with ICC-ES AC235 when tested per ASTM E 330.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Samples for Verification: 24-inch- square panels for each type of finish-coat color and
texture indicated, prepared using same tools and techniques intended for actual work
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 07 24 19 - 3 Exterior Insulation and Finish System ( EIFS)
including [storm trim, each profile a typical control joint filled with sealant of color
selected.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer and testing agency.
B. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that EIFS and joint
sealants comply with requirements.
C. Material or Product Certificates: For cementitious materials and aggregates and for
each insulation and joint sealant, from manufacturer.

D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency, for each reinforcing mesh, joint sealant, and coating.

E. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: For joint sealants from sealant
manufacturer indicating the following:
1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested
for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants.
2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and
substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
F. Field quality-control reports
G. Evaluation Reports: For exterior cement-board sheathing fasteners water-resistive
coating adhesive membrane flashing and EIFS (including insulation)

1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For EIFS to include in maintenance manuals.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An installer who is certified in writing by EIFS manufacturer as
qualified to install manufacturer's system using trained workers. Source Limitations:
Obtain EIFS from single source from single EIFS manufacturer and from sources
approved by EIFS manufacturer as compatible with system components.
B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide EIFS and system components with the
following fire-test-response characteristics as determined by testing identical EIFS and
system components per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify products with
appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 07 24 19 - 4 Exterior Insulation and Finish System ( EIFS)
C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution
and set quality standards for fabrication and installation.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original, unopened packages with manufacturers' labels intact and
clearly identifying products.
B. Store materials inside and under cover; keep them dry and protected from weather,
direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, damaging temperatures,
construction traffic, and other causes.
1. Stack insulation board flat and off the ground.
2. Protect plastic insulation against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic
insulating materials to Project site before installation time.
3. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible
in each area of construction.
1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Maintain ambient temperatures above 40 deg F for a minimum
of 24 hours before, during, and after adhesives or coatings are applied. Do not apply
EIFS adhesives or coatings during rainfall. Proceed with installation only when existing
and forecasted weather conditions and ambient outdoor air, humidity, and substrate
temperatures permit EIFS to be applied, dried, and cured according to manufacturers'
written instructions and warranty requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Dryvit Systems, Inc.
2. El Rey Stucco Company, Inc.; a brand of ParexLahabra, Inc.
3. Parex, Inc.; a brand of ParexLahabra, Inc.
4. Senergy; Degussa Wall Systems, Inc.
5. SonoWall; Degussa Wall Systems, Inc.
6. Sto Corp.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 07 24 19 - 5 Exterior Insulation and Finish System ( EIFS)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
EIFS.
B. Examine roof edges, wall framing, flashings, openings, substrates, and junctures at
other construction for suitable conditions where EIFS will be installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
1. Begin coating application only after surfaces are dry.
2. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION

A. Protect contiguous work from moisture deterioration and soiling caused by application
of EIFS. Provide temporary covering and other protection needed to prevent
spattering of exterior finish coats on other work.
B. Protect EIFS, substrates, and wall construction behind them from inclement weather
during installation. Prevent penetration of moisture behind drainage plane of EIFS and
deterioration of substrates.
C. Prepare and clean substrates to comply with EIFS manufacturer's written instructions
to obtain optimum bond between substrate and adhesive for insulation.
3.3 EXTERIOR CEMENT-BOARD INSTALLATION
A. Exterior Cement Board: Install on metal framing to comply with cement-board
manufacturer's written instructions and evaluation report acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction. Install board with steel drill screws spaced no more than 8 inches
o.c. along framing with perimeter fasteners at least 3/8 inch but less than 5/8 inch
from edges of boards.
B. Preformed Foam Sealant Products: Provide sealant compatible with adjacent
materials and complying with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."
C. Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 07 24 19 - 6 Exterior Insulation and Finish System ( EIFS)
3.4 EIFS INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Comply with EIFS manufacturer's written instructions for installation of EIFS as
applicable to each type of substrate indicated
3.5 SUBSTRATE PROTECTION APPLICATION
A. Appearance Standard: Repointed surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed
from 20 away by Architect.
B. Water-Resistive Coatings: Apply over substrates to protect substrates from
degradation and to provide water-/weather-resistive barrier.
1. Tape and seal joints, exposed edges, terminations, and inside and outside
corners of sheathing unless otherwise indicated by EIFS manufacturer's written
instructions.
C. Flexible-Membrane Flashing: Install over weather-resistive barrier, applied and lapped
to shed water; seal at openings, penetrations, terminations, and where indicated by
EIFS manufacturer's written instructions to protect wall assembly from degradation.
Prime substrates, if required, and install flashing to comply with EIFS manufacturer's
written instructions and details.
D. Base Coat: Apply to exposed surfaces foam shapes in minimum thickness
recommended in writing by EIFS manufacturer, but not less than 1/16-inch dry-coat
thickness.
E. Reinforcing Mesh: Embed type indicated below in wet base coat to produce wrinkle-
free installation with mesh continuous at corners and overlapped not less than 2-1/2
inches or otherwise treated at joints to comply with ASTM C 1397 and EIFS
manufacturer's written instructions. Do not lap reinforcing mesh within 8 inches of
corners. Completely embed mesh, applying additional base-coat material if necessary,
so reinforcing-mesh color and pattern are not visible.
1. Standard-impact reinforcing mesh [
3.6 FINISH-COAT INSTALLATION

A. Apply over dry base coat according to EIFS manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Finish Coat: Apply over dry base coat, maintaining a wet edge at all times for uniform
appearance, in thickness required by EIFS manufacturer to produce a uniform finish of
color and texture matching approved sample and free of cold joints, shadow lines, and
texture variations.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045
AUGUST 26, 2014 07 24 19 - 7 Exterior Insulation and Finish System ( EIFS)
C. Sealer Coat: Apply over dry finish coat, in number of coats and thickness required by
EIFS manufacturer.

3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Remove temporary covering and protection of other work. Promptly remove coating
materials from window and door frames and other surfaces outside areas indicated to
receive EIFS coatings.

END OF SECTION 04 01 20.64
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 07 25 00 Weather Barriers

SECTION 07 25 00-WEATHER BARRIERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Building paper.
2. Building wrap.
3. Flexible flashing.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Evaluation Reports: For water-resistive barrier and flexible flashing, from ICC-ES.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER
A. Weather Resistant Barrier:
Layer One: Provide "Tyvek" or approved equal building wrap over
sheathing.
Layer Two: (Option 1): Kraft waterproof building paper (or equal) shall be
provided with system over "Tyvek" building wrap prior to lath application.
Layer Two (Option 2): Provide paper-backed metal lath over "Tyvek"
building wrap.
B. Tyvek "Housewrap" to match existing over plywood which will receive stucco.
Tyvek Construction Tape or approved equal shall be used to seal all edges and joints in
the Tyvek material.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 07 25 00 Weather Barriers

Fasteners
1. 25mm diameter plastic topped nail spaced at 16" on center.
2. 1" staple, spaced at 16" on center.
2.2 FLEXIBLE FLASHING
MANUFACTURERS
a. Nervastral, Inc.
b. Tyvek
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Product Quality of Standard - BT25XL:
1. Physical Properties:
a. Thickness: 25 mils.
b. Width: 4 inches, 6 inches, 9 inches, 36 inches
c. Elongation (ASTM D412): Not less than 500 (rubberized adhesive only).
d. Tensile Strength (ASTM D412): Not less than 975 psi.
e. Moisture Vapor Transmission (ASTM E96): Not more than 0.01 perm.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Primers, sealants and adhesives as approved by manufacture.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with Manufacturer's printed instruction over exterior
sheathing. Seal joints and penetrations through the air infiltration barrier
with specified tape prior to installation of finish material. Air infiltration
barrier shall be air tight and free from holes, tears, and punctures. All
window and door penetrations are to be taped.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 07 25 00 Weather Barriers

B. Overlap all horizontal and vertical seams by six (6) inches.
C. When fastening Tyvek to wood and exterior gypsum sheathing, contractor
shall use one of the following methods: Nails with plastic washer
heads, or wide staples (minimum one-in crown).
3.2 FLEXIBLE FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Apply flexible flashing where indicated to comply with manufacturer's
written instructions.
1. Lap seams and junctures with other materials at least 4 inches except
that at flashing flanges of other construction, laps need not exceed
flange width.
2. Lap flashing over water-resistive barrier at bottom and sides of
openings.
3. Lap water-resistive barrier over flashing at heads of openings.

END OF SECTION 07 25 00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 07 54 23 - 1 Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing
SECTION 07 54 23 - THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Mechanically fastened thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO) roofing system.
B. Subparagraphs below to cross-reference requirements Contractor might expect to find
in this Section but are specified in other Sections.

1. Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants, joint fillers, and joint
preparation.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA
Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" apply to work of this Section.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting roof deck construction, conduct
conference at Project site
1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, roofing Installer,
roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and installers
whose work interfaces with or affects roofing.
2. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials,
Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and
avoid delays.
3. Review deck substrate requirements for conditions and finishes, including
flatness and fastening.
4. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, and condition of
other construction that affects roofing system.
5. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if
applicable.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 07 54 23 - 2 Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing
6. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after
installation.
7. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.
B. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing
system complies with requirements specified in "Performance Requirements" Article.
1. Submit evidence of compliance with performance requirements.
C. Product Test Reports: For components of roofing system, tests performed by
manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency.
D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For components of roofing system, from ICC-ES.
E. Field quality-control reports.
F. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is FM Global approved for
roofing system identical to that used for this Project.
B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by
roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to
receive manufacturer's special warranty.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and
labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of
manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and
mixing with other components.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 07 54 23 - 3 Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing
B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected
location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer.
Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight.
1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its
stated shelf life.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted
weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's
written instructions and warranty requirements.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing
system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Special warranty includes roofing, base flashings, and other components of
roofing system.
2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Firestone, GAF, Carlisle
B. Source Limitations: Obtain components including fasteners, adhesives, and flashing]
for roofing system from same manufacturer as membrane roofing.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General Performance: Installed roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified
uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without
failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in
construction. Roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight.
1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure
when tested according to ASTM G 152, ASTM G 154, or ASTM G 155.
2. Impact Resistance: Roofing system shall resist impact damage when tested
according to ASTM D 3746 or ASTM D 4272.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 07 54 23 - 4 Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing
B. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and
adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as
demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
C. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly designs indicated.
Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
2.3 TPO ROOFING
A. Fabric-Reinforced TPO Sheet: ASTM D 6878, internally fabric- or scrim-reinforced,
uniform, flexible TPO sheet.
1. Thickness: 60 mils nominal.
2. Exposed Face Color: Black
2.4 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS
A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for
intended use and compatible with roofing.
1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having
jurisdiction.
2. Adhesives and sealants that are not on the exterior side of weather barrier shall
comply with the following limits for VOC content:
a. Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L.
b. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L.
c. Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L.
d. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Adhesives: 250 g/L.
e. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Sealants: 450 g/L.
f. Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L.
g. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.
h. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
i. Other Adhesives and Sealants: 250 g/L.
B. Sheet Flashing: Manufacturer's standard unreinforced TPO sheet flashing, 55 mils
thick, minimum, of same color as TPO sheet.
C. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard water based.
D. Slip Sheet: Manufacturer's standard, of thickness required for application.
E. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard, predrilled stainless-steel or
aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch thick; with anchors.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 07 54 23 - 5 Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing
F. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with
corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening roofing to
substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer.
G. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed inside and outside
corner sheet flashings, lap sealants, termination reglets, and other accessories.
2.5 VAPOR RETARDER
A. Polyethylene Film: ASTM D 4397, 6 mils thick, minimum, with maximum permeance
rating of 0.13 perm
1. Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor-retarder
manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder.
2. Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard lap adhesive, FM Global approved for vapor-
retarder application.
B. Glass-Fiber Felts: ASTM D 2178, Type IV, asphalt impregnated.
2.6 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work:

1. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck
Retain first subparagraph below for steel roof deck.
2. Verify that surface plane flatness and fastening of plywood roof deck
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
2.7 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing
installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove
sharp projections.
2.8 ROOFING INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent
water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 07 54 23 - 6 Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing
or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work
on adjoining roofing.
C. Install roofing and auxiliary materials to tie in to existing roofing to maintain weather
tightness of transition and to not void warranty for existing roofing system.
2.9 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION
A. Completely seal vapor retarder at terminations, obstructions, and penetrations to
prevent air movement into roofing system.
2.10 MECHANICALLY FASTENED ROOFING INSTALLATION
A. Mechanically fasten roofing over area to receive roofing according to roofing system
manufacturer's written instructions. Unroll roofing and allow to relax before retaining.
1. For in-splice attachment, install roofing with long dimension perpendicular to
wood plywood joints.
B. Start installation of roofing in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical
personnel.
C. Accurately align roofing, and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum
dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps.
D. Mechanically fasten or adhere roofing securely at terminations, penetrations, and
perimeter of roofing.
E. Apply roofing with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible.
F. Attachment: Secure one edge of TPO sheet using fastening plates or metal battens
centered within seam, and mechanically fasten TPO sheet to roof deck.
G. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap roofing, and hot-air weld side and end laps of
roofing and sheet flashings according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure
a watertight seam installation.
1. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to
seal cut edges of sheet.
2. Repair seam sample areas.
3. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing that do not comply with
requirements.
H. Spread sealant bed over deck-drain flange at roof drains, and securely seal roofing in
place with clamping ring.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 07 54 23 - 7 Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing
2.11 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories, and adhere to substrates
according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate,
and allow to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing.
C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured
sheet flashing.
D. Clean seam areas, overlap, and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Hot-air
weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation.
E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate
through termination bars.
2.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel
to inspect roofing installation on completion.
B. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where inspections
indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements.
C. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to
determine if replaced or additional work complies with specified requirements.
2.13 PROTECTING AND CLEANING
A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction
period. When remaining construction does not affect or endanger roofing, inspect
roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written
report, with copies to Architect and Owner.
B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with
requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition
free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to
warranty requirements.
2.14 ROOFING INSTALLER'S WARRANTY
A.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 07 54 23 - 8 Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing
B. This Warranty is made subject to the following terms and conditions:
1. Specifically excluded from this Warranty are damages to work and other parts of
the building, and to building contents, caused by:
a. lightning;
b. peak gust wind speed exceeding 100 mph.
c. fire;
d. failure of roofing system substrate, including cracking, settlement,
excessive deflection, deterioration, and decomposition;
e. faulty construction of parapet walls, copings, chimneys, skylights, vents,
equipment supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of the
work;
f. vapor condensation on bottom of roofing; and
g. activity on roofing by others, including construction contractors,
maintenance personnel, other persons, and animals, whether authorized
or unauthorized by Owner.

2. Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to work covered by this Warranty but
is not liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting
from leaks or faults or defects of work.
3. Owner shall promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected
leaks, defects, or deterioration and shall afford reasonable opportunity for
Roofing Installer to inspect work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects,
or deterioration.
END OF SECTION 075423
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim

SECTION 07 62 00 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Flashings over rowlock
2. Thru-wall flashing
3. Metal counter flashing
4. Roof edge flashing
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each finish specified.
C. Maintenance data.
D. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet
Metal Manual" unless more stringent requirements are specified or shown on
Drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SHEET METALS
A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by
applying a strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.
B. All flashing to be hot-dipped galvanized steel, 24-gauge G90 galvanized unless
otherwise noted. All metal to be primed prior to paint.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners: Wood screws, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other
suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by
manufacturer of primary sheet metal.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045


AUGUST 26, 2014 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim

1. All fasteners to be stainless steel or hot dipped galvanized. To be compatible
with adjacent products, such as treated lumber, and flashing metals to mitigate
electrolysis.
2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with
recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to
design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item
indicated. Fabricate items at the shop to greatest extent possible.
1. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before field fabrication.
2. Form sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and
tool marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back
to form hems.
3. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners
are not allowed on faces exposed to view.
B. Sealed Joints: Form non-expansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate
elastomeric sealant.
2.4 FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance
requirements and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". Provide concealed
fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work
with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather
resistant.
2.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation
and weathering.
B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants.
C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing
and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written
installation instructions.
END OF SECTION 07 62 00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 07 92 00 Joint Sealants

SECTION 07 92 00-JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Polyurethane joint sealants.
2. Silicone Sealant
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Manufacturer's technical data and color samples minimum 30 days prior to scheduled
installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Dow Corning.
B. Substitutions or approved equal by architect.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Silicone Sealant: Dow Corning 795 Silicone Building Sealant, non-sag.
B. Polyurethane Sealant: FS TT-S-00230, Type II - non-sag, Class A.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.
B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer;
compatible with joint forming materials.
C. Joint Backing: ANSI/ASTM D 1056; round, closed cell polyethylene foam rod.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 07 92 00 Joint Sealants

PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not used
PART 4 - PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to
comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do
not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of
joint sealants.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or
as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply
primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to
areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with
adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact
or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after
tooling without disturbing joint seal.
4.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer
when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges.
C. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, gaps, and sags.
D. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from
testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory.
Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other
requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with
indicated requirements.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 07 92 00 Joint Sealants

4.3 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE
LOCATION TYPE COLOR
A. Exterior Dissimilar Material Silicone As selected

END OF SECTION 07 92 00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 22 00 Stucco

Stucco
SECTION 092200 - CEMENT PLASTERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exterior vertical plasterwork (stucco).
2. Exterior horizontal and nonvertical plasterwork (stucco).
3. Interior vertical plasterwork.
4. Interior horizontal and nonvertical plasterwork.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at project site.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. LEED Submittals:
1. Product Data for Credit MR 4: For products having recycled content,
documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and
preconsumer recycled content. Include statement indicating cost for each
product having recycled content.
C. Shop Drawings: Show locations and installation of control and expansion joints,
including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other
work.
D. Samples: For each type of factory-prepared finish coat and for each color and texture
specified.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 22 00 Stucco

Stucco
E. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of factory-prepared finish coat and for each
color and texture specified.
F. Samples for Verification: For each type of factory-prepared finish coat and for each
color and texture specified, 12 by 12 inches and prepared on rigid backing.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to
demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and
execution.
1. Build mockups for each substrate and finish texture indicated for cement
plastering, including accessories.
a. Size: 4' high x 8' wide in surface area.
2. For interior plasterwork, simulate finished lighting conditions for review of
mockups.
3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the
Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves
such deviations in writing.
4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part
of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials inside under cover, and keep them dry and protected against damage
from weather, moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion,
construction traffic, and other causes.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Comply with ASTM C 926 and ASTM C 1063 requirements.
B. Exterior Plasterwork:
1. Apply and cure plaster to prevent plaster drying out during curing period. Use
procedures required by climatic conditions, including moist curing, providing
coverings, and providing barriers to deflect sunlight and wind.
2. Apply plaster when ambient temperature is greater than 40 deg F.
3. Protect plaster coats from freezing for not less than 48 hours after set of plaster
coat has occurred.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 22 00 Stucco

Stucco
C. Interior Plasterwork: Maintain room temperatures at greater than 40 deg F for at least
48 hours before plaster application, and continuously during and after application.
1. Avoid conditions that result in plaster drying out during curing period. Distribute
heat evenly; prevent concentrated or uneven heat on plaster.
2. Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in excess of that required
for hydrating plaster in a manner that prevents drafts of air from contacting
surfaces during plaster application and until plaster is dry.
D. Factory-Prepared Finishes: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for
environmental conditions for applying finishes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide cement plaster assemblies identical
to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance according to ASTM E 119 by a qualified
testing agency.
2.2 METAL LATH
A. Expanded-Metal Lath: ASTM C 847, cold-rolled carbon-steel sheet with
ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180), hot-dip G90 galvanized-zinc coating.
1. Approved manufactures: AMICO; Dietrich Industries Inc; National Gypsum Co.
2. Diamond-Mesh Lath: Self-furring, 2.5 lb/sq. yd. (1.8 kg/sq. m).
3. Flat-Rib Lath: Rib depth of not more than 3/8-inch (10-mm) rib lath is often used
where its rigidity is necessary for long spans; 3.4 lb/sq. yd.
B. Paper Backing: Approved manufactures: Fortifiber 60 min, Grade D, 2 layers.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1063, and coordinate depth of trim and accessories with
thicknesses and number of plaster coats required.
1. Approved manufactures: AMICO; Dietrich Industries Inc; National Gypsum Co.
2. Foundation Weep Screed: Fabricated from hot-dip G90 galvanized-steel sheet,
ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180) zinc coating.
3. Cornerite: Fabricated from metal lath with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180),
hot-dip galvanized-zinc coating.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 22 00 Stucco

Stucco
4. External- (Outside-) Corner Reinforcement: Fabricated from metal lath with
ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized-zinc coating.
5. Cornerbeads: Fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel.
a. Smallnose cornerbead with expanded flanges; use unless otherwise
indicated.
b. Smallnose cornerbead with perforated flanges; use on curved corners.
c. Smallnose cornerbead with expanded flanges reinforced by perforated
stiffening rib; use on columns and for finishing unit masonry corners.
d. Bullnose cornerbead, radius 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum, with expanded
flanges; use at locations indicated on Drawings.
6. Casing Beads: Fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; square-edged style;
with expanded flanges.
7. Control Joints: Fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; one-piece-type,
folded pair of unperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration; with perforated
flanges and removable protective tape on plaster face of control joint.
8. Expansion Joints: Fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; folded pair of
unperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration; with expanded flanges.
9. Two-Piece Expansion Joints: Fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel;
formed to produce slip-joint and square-edged reveal that is adjustable from 1/4
to 5/8 inch wide; with perforated flanges.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potable and free of substances capable of
affecting plaster set or of damaging plaster, lath, or accessories.
B. Fiber for Base Coat: Alkaline-resistant glass or polypropylene fibers, 1/2 inch long, free
of contaminants, manufactured for use in cement plaster.
C. Bonding Compound: ASTM C 932.
D. Fasteners for Attaching Metal Lath to Substrates: ASTM C 1063.
E. Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, not less than 0.0475-inch
diameter unless otherwise indicated.
F. Reinforcing Mesh: No less than 4.5 oz and no more than 12 oz alkali resistant fiberglass
installed in the brown coat as recommended by manufacture. Alkali resistant is
defined as 120 pli (21 dN/cm) retained tensile strength per ASTM E2098 after 28 days
soaked in 5% sodium hydroxide solution.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 22 00 Stucco

Stucco
G. Sound-Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing)
produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from
glass, slag wool, or rock wool.
1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of
assembly.
2. plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than <Insert number>
percent by weight.
2.5 PLASTER MATERIALS
The plaster coating assembly is to be an integrated system by an approved
manufacture which incorporates lath, fasteners, scratch coat, brown coat,
reinforcing mesh tape and finish coat.
Approved manufactures: Dryvit Systems Inc; Parex Inc- a brand of ParexLahabra Inc;
STO Corp; Senergy Systems Inc; El Rey Stucco Co.
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I.
1. Color for Finish Coats: Gray.
B. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91, Type N.
1. Color for Finish Coats: Gray.
C. Plastic Cement: ASTM C 1328.
D. Colorants for Job-Mixed Finish Coats: Colorfast mineral pigments that produce finish
plaster color to match existing.
E. Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S; or ASTM C 207, Type S.
F. Sand Aggregate: ASTM C 897.
1. Color for Job-Mixed Finish Coats: match existing.
G. Perlite Aggregate: ASTM C 35.
H. Ready-Mixed Finish-Coat Plaster: Mill-mixed Portland cement, aggregates, coloring
agents, and proprietary ingredients.
1. Color: Match existing.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 22 00 Stucco

Stucco
I. Acrylic-Based Finish Coatings: Factory-mixed acrylic-emulsion coating systems
formulated with colorfast mineral pigments and fine aggregates; for use over cement
plaster base coats. Include manufacturer's recommended primers and sealing topcoats
for acrylic-based finishes.
1. Color: Match existing
2.6 PLASTER MIXES
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for applications indicated.
1. Fiber Content: Add fiber to base-coat mixes after ingredients have mixed at least
two minutes. Comply with fiber manufacturer's written instructions for fiber
quantities in mixes, but do not exceed 1 lb of fiber/cu. yd. of cementitious
materials.
B. Base-Coat Mixes for Use over Metal Lath: Scratch and brown coats for three-coat
plasterwork as follows:
1. Portland Cement Mixes:
a. Scratch Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part Portland cement and 0
to 3/4 parts lime. Use 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of cementitious
material.
b. Brown Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part Portland cement and 0
to 3/4 parts lime. Use 3 to 5 parts aggregate per part of cementitious
material, but not less than volume of aggregate used in scratch coat.
2. Masonry Cement Mixes:
a. Scratch Coat: Mix 1 part masonry cement and 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate.
b. Brown Coat: Mix 1 part masonry cement and 3 to 5 parts aggregate, but
not less than volume of aggregate used in scratch coat.

3. Portland and Masonry Cement Mixes:
a. Scratch Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part Portland cement and 1
part masonry cement. Use 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of
cementitious material.
b. Brown Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part Portland cement and 1
part masonry cement. Use 3 to 5 parts aggregate per part of cementitious
material, but not less than volume of aggregate used in scratch coat.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 22 00 Stucco

Stucco
4. Plastic Cement Mixes:
a. Scratch Coat: Mix 1 part plastic cement and 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate.
b. Brown Coat: Mix 1 part plastic cement and 3 to 5 parts aggregate, but not
less than volume of aggregate used in scratch coat.
5. Portland and Plastic Cement Mixes:
a. Scratch Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part plastic cement and 1
part Portland cement. Use 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of
cementitious material.
b. Brown Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part plastic cement and 1
part Portland cement. Use 3 to 5 parts aggregate per part of cementitious
material, but not less than volume of aggregate used in scratch coat.
Retain applicable finish coats in "Job-Mixed Finish-Coat Mixes" and
"Factory-Prepared Finish-Coat Mixes" paragraphs below, or insert others
to suit Project. Coordinate with requirements retained in "Plaster
Materials" Article and with requirements for base coats.
C. Factory-Prepared Finish-Coat Mixes: For ready-mixed finish-coat plasters or acrylic-
based finish coatings, comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect adjacent work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration, and other
harmful effects caused by plastering.
B. Prepare smooth, solid substrates for plaster according to ASTM C 926.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Install components according to requirements for
design designations from listing organization and publication indicated on Drawings.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 22 00 Stucco

Stucco
B. Sound-Attenuation Blankets: Where required, install blankets before installing lath
unless blankets are readily installed after lath has been installed on one side.
3.4 INSTALLING METAL LATH
A. Metal Lath: Install according to ASTM C 1063.
3.5 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES
A. Install according to ASTM C 1063 and at locations indicated on Drawings.
B. Reinforcement for External (Outside) Corners:
1. Install cornerbead at exterior locations.
2. Install cornerbead at interior locations.
C. Control Joints: Locate as approved by Architect for visual effect and as follows:
1. Match existing or as required to delineate plasterwork into areas (panels) of the
following maximum sizes:
a. Vertical Surfaces: 144 sq. ft. (13.4 sq. m).
b. Horizontal and Other Nonvertical Surfaces: 100 sq. ft. (9.3 sq. m).
2. At distances between control joints of not greater than 18 feet (5.5 m) o.c.
3. As required to delineate plasterwork into areas (panels) with length-to-width
ratios of not greater than 2-1/2:1.
4. Where control joints occur in surface of construction directly behind plaster.
5. Where plasterwork areas change dimensions, to delineate rectangular-shaped
areas (panels) and to relieve the stress that occurs at the corner formed by the
dimension change.
3.6 PLASTER APPLICATION
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926.
1. Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a true plane in
finished plaster surfaces when measured by a 10-foot straightedge placed on
surface.
2. Finish plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or
accessories that act as a plaster ground unless otherwise indicated. Where
casing bead does not terminate plaster at metal frame, cut base coat free from
metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at junctures with metal.
3. Provide plaster surfaces that are ready to receive field-applied finishes indicated.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 22 00 Stucco

Stucco
B. Bonding Compound: Apply wherever manufactures recommends when joining new
work to existing plaster; to unit masonry and/or concrete substrates.
C. Prepare existing plaster to receive mesh at joint of existing to new plaster by grinding
as shown on drawings or required by manufacture. Install reinforcing fiberglass mesh
embed into brown coat as manufacture requires.
D. Walls; Base-Coat Mixes for Use over Metal Lath: For scratch and brown coats, for
three-coat plasterwork with 3/4-inch (19-mm) total thickness, as follows:
1. Portland cement mixes.
2. Masonry cement mixes.
3. Portland and masonry cement mixes.
4. Plastic cement mixes.
5. Portland and plastic cement mixes.
E. Ceilings; Base-Coat Mixes for Use over Metal Lath: For scratch and brown coats, for
three-coat plasterwork and having 3/4-inch total thickness for metal lath on concrete,
as follows:
1. Portland and masonry cement mixes.
2. Portland and plastic cement mixes.
F. Apply coating system, including primers, finish coats, and sealing topcoats, according
to manufacturer's written instructions to match existing finish.
G. Concealed Exterior Plasterwork: Where plaster application is used as a base for
adhered finishes, omit finish coat.
H. Concealed Interior Plasterwork:
1. Where plaster application is concealed behind built-in cabinets, similar
furnishings, and equipment, apply finish coat.
2. Where plaster application is concealed above suspended ceilings and in similar
locations, omit finish coat.
3. used as a base for adhesive application of tile and similar finishes, omit finish
coat.
3.7 PLASTER REPAIRS
A. Repair or replace work to eliminate cracks, dents, blisters, buckles, crazing and check
cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to
substrate has failed.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 22 00 Stucco

Stucco
3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work after plastering is
complete. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows, and other surfaces
not indicated to be plastered. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces stained, marred,
or otherwise damaged during plastering.
END OF SECTION 09 24 00
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 90 00 Painting
SECTION 09 90 00-PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor who is bidding Section 09 90 00 shall include bid on Section 07 92 00 Joint
Sealers. Both sections works shall be performed by a single contractor. No two
separate contractors will be accepted.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00.
B. Submit samples, manufacturer's technical data, and application instructions minimum
30 days prior to scheduled installation.
1. Minimum 12 inch square sample of finish.
1.03 MOCK-UP
A. When requested by Owner, paint mock-up using approved paint color, for Owner
approval.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Container label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name and code,
coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup, color designation, and instructions
for mixing and reducing.
B. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion.
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Apply coatings in well ventilated areas per manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Coating Application Temperatures: Per manufacturer's written instructions.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 90 00 Painting
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. ICI/Glidden

B. Pratt & Lambert

C. Benjamin Moore

D. Sherwin Williams
E. Devoe Paint
F. Or Architect Approved Equal.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Coatings: Lead-free, ready mixed. Process pigments to soft paste consistency, capable
of being readily and uniformly dispersed to homogeneous coating.
B. Coatings: Good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of
streaks or sags.
C. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other
materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve finishes specified, of
commercial quality.

2.03 FINISHES
A. Refer to schedule at end of section for surface finishes.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify surfaces and substrate conditions are ready to receive work as instructed by
product manufacturer.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 90 00 Painting
B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to start of work. Report conditions
that may potentially affect proper application.
C. Verify surfaces have sufficiently cured.
D. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing surfaces and substrate.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Follow manufacturer's preparation recommendations for product used.
B. Remove any plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces
or finishing.
C. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this Section.
D. Remove mildew with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean
water and allow surface to dry.
E. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent.
Apply coat of etching primer.
F. Exterior Wood Items: Remove dust, grit and foreign matter. Seal knots.
G. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces Remove grease, scale, dirt, and rust. Clean by
washing with solvent. Spot prime paint after repairs.
H. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Clean
surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces.
I. Wood and Metal Doors: Seal top and bottom edges with primer.
J. Stucco: Identify all cracks in the existing substrates and repair. Use ConSeal or equal
Elastomeric Patch to repair any stucco cracks, A5W630, after sealing the stucco.
3.03 PROTECTION
A. Protect elements surrounding work of this Section from damage or disfiguration.
B. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this Section.
C. Furnish drop cloths, shields, and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings
from disfiguring other surfaces.
D. Remove empty paint containers from site.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 90 00 Painting
3.04 APPLICATION
A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry.
C. Apply each coat to uniform finish.
D. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied.
E. Make edges of coatings adjoining other colors or surfaces, sharp and clean without
bleeding or other defects. Straight lines at edges shall be plumb, level and true.
F. Finish tops, bottoms, edges of doors to match faces.
G. Replace any plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings removed prior to finishing.
3.05 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
A. Paint shop primed equipment.
B. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and
electrical components and paint separately.
C. Prime and paint exposed pipes (excluding copper piping), conduit, boxes, equipment,
ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, except where items are prefinished.
D. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted
accidentally.
3.06 CLEANING
A. As Work proceeds, promptly remove spilled, splashed or splattered paint.
B. During progress of Work, maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of
equipment, surplus material, and debris.
C. Collect waste, cloths, and material which may constitute fire hazard, and remove from
site.
3.07 SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR SURFACES
A. Aluminum and Non-Ferrous Metals:
1. First coat: Alkyd metal primer.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 90 00 Painting
2. Second coat: Semi-gloss enamel.
B. Ferrous Metals: All exposed metal works, including steel stairs, handrails.
1. First coat: Alkyd Metal Primer.
2. Second coat: Semi-gloss Enamel.
C. Galvanized Metals: Acrylic Latex
1. First coat: Zinc Chromate Primer.
2. Second coat: Flat, as required to cover.
D. Stucco Alkyd.
1. First coat (new stucco): Alkyd ext, 100% acrylic Primer
2. Second coat: Alkyd, 100% acrylic satin paint recommended for use on stucco
walls.
E. Siding, Plywood and Trim: Alkyd.
1. First coat: Alkyd exterior primer.
2. Second coat: Alkyd house paint.
F. Treated Lumber and Cedar
1. Tinted Sealer and/or Stain to matches consistent finish.
G. Gypsum Soffit Board: Alkyd.
1. First coat: Alkyd exterior paint.
2. Second coat: Alkyd house paint.
H. Door and Frames: Wood and Metal: Alkyd.
1. First coat: Appropriate primer, field or factory applied.
2. Second coat: Semi-Gloss as required to cover.
I. Wall mounted Equipment and Conduit: Alkyd.
1. First coat: Appropriate primer, field or factory applied.
2. Second coat: Alkyd house paint; color to match wall finish.
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 90 00 Painting

3.08 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR SURFACES
A. Gypsum Board: Latex
1. First coat: Texture/Latex Primer.
2. Second coat: Flat, as required to cover.
3.09 SCHEDULE
A. Painted Walls: Tape and bed with splatter and drag texture.
B. Ceilings: Tape, bed and splatter and drag texture.
C. Exterior Soffits: Tape, bed and sprayed-on texture, as selected.

END OF SECTION 09 90 00

09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 1
Copyright 2013, The Sherwin-Williams Company

ISSUED May 2013
09 91 13 - EXTERIOR SPECIFICATION

THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY

COMMERCIAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION GUIDE



This Painting Schedule is furnished only as a guide to select exterior paint systems, and is not all-inclusive of
available Sherwin-Williams products. Although it is written in the CSI format and can be included in its entirety in a
master specification, one should review the contents and edit to suit the particular needs of the project and its
respective location. This specification does not take into consideration wet areas or areas needing high
performance coatings.

The schedule is arranged by substrates, and offers latex, & alkyd systems. For High Performance Industrial Coatings
refer to 09 96 00. Each system also includes the various degrees of gloss available. Architectural and Industrial
products are specified in this document.

Local and National V.O.C. (Volatile Organic Compound) regulations have been taken into consideration, but
because these regulations vary greatly around the country and are constantly changing, we suggest verifying that
product selections meet the requirements of the area in which they are to be used. If the project is located within
the OTC, CARB, SCAQMD or other VOC regulated regions; one must comply with the regulations regarding VOCs. It
is always recommended that you consult with a Sherwin-Williams Company Representative or call our Sherwin-
Williams Architectural Services Department before finalizing the selection.

If you need more specific information on a particular product, refer to the current Sherwin-Williams Painting
Systems Catalog or the www.sherwin-williams.com website, or call our Architectural Services Department toll free.



The Sherwin-Williams Company
Architectural Services Department
1-800-321-8194 (Telephone)
216-566-1392 (Fax)
09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 2
SECTION 09 91 13



EXTERIOR COMMERCIAL PAINTS AND COATINGS






Part 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A Exterior paint and coating systems.


1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A Section 05 05 13 - Shop Applied Coatings for Metal

B Section 06 01 40 - Architectural Woodwork Refinishing

C Section 06 05 83 - Shop Applied Wood Coatings

D Section 07 19 00 - Water Repellents

E Section 09 67 00 - Fluid Applied Flooring for Concrete

F Section 09 93 00 - Stains and Transparent Finishes

G Section 09 96 00 - High-Performance Coatings



1.3 REFERENCES

A SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning

B SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning

C SSPC-SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning

D SSPC-SP 13 / NACE No. 6 Surface Preparation for Concrete



09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 3
1.4 SUBMITTALS

A Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00, Submittal Procedures.

B Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each paint and coating product should include:

1 Product characteristics
2 Surface preparation instructions and recommendations
3 Primer requirements and finish specification
4 Storage and handling requirements and recommendations
5 Application methods
6 Clean-up Information

C Selection Samples: Submit a complete set of color chips that represent the full range of manufacturer's
color samples available.

D Coating Maintenance Manual: upon conclusion of the project, the Contractor or paint
manufacture/supplier shall furnish a coating maintenance manual, such as Sherwin-Williams Custodian
Project Color and Product Information report or equal. Manual shall include an Area Summary with finish
schedule, Area Detail designating where each product/color/finish was used, product data pages, Material
Safety Data Sheets, care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, and color samples of each color
and finish used.

1.5 MOCK-UP

Include a mock-up if the project size and/or quality warrant taking such a precaution. The following is one
example of how a mock-up on a large project might be specified. When deciding on the extent of the
mock-up, consider all the major different types of painting on the project.

A. Finish surfaces for verification of products, colors, & sheens.
B. Finish area designated by Architect.
C. Provide samples that designate prime & finish coats.
D. Do not proceed with remaining work until the Architect approves the mock-up samples.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A Delivery: Deliver manufacturer's unopened containers to the work site. Packaging shall bear the
manufacturers name, label, and the following list of information:

1 Product name, and type (description)
2 Application & use instructions
3 Surface preparation
4 VOC content
5 Environmental handling
6 Batch date
7 Color number

B Storage: Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in
accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction.
Store materials in an area that is within the acceptable temperature range, per manufacturers
instructions. Protect from freezing.

C Handling: Maintain a clean, dry storage area, to prevent contamination or damage to the coatings.


09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 4


1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended
by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not apply coatings under environmental conditions outside
manufacturer's absolute limits.

Part 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A Acceptable Manufacturer:
The Sherwin-Williams Company
101 Prospect Avenue NW
Cleveland, OH 44115
Tel: (800) 321-8194
Fax: (216) 566-1392
www.sherwin-williams.com

B Substitutions: Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01 60
00 Product Requirements.
When submitting request for substitution, provide complete product data specified above under
Submittals, for each substitute product.

2.2 APPLICATIONS/SCOPE

A Use this article to define the scope of painting if not fully defined in a Finish Schedule or on the drawings.
This article must be carefully edited to reflect the surfaces actually found on the project. In some cases, it
may be enough to use the first paragraph that says, in effect, "paint everything" along with a list of items
not to paint, without exhaustively defining all the different surfaces and items that must be painted.

B If the project involves repainting some but not all existing painted surfaces, be sure to indicate the extent
of the repainting.

C The descriptions of each system can also be used to further refine the definition of what is to be painted,
stained, or clear finished.

D Surfaces to Be Coated:

Concrete: Cementitious Siding, Flexboard, Transite, and Shingles (Non-Roof)
Masonry: Concrete Masonry Units, Cinder or Concrete Block
Concrete: Concrete Floors, Patios, Porches, Steps & Platforms.
Metal: Aluminum/ Galvanized
Metal Ferrous: Misc. Iron, Ornamental Iron,
Wood: Floors, and Platforms
Wood: Siding, Trim, Shutters, Sash, and Misc. Hardboard
Architectural PVC, Plastic, Fiberglass
Drywall: Gypsum Board, and Exterior Drywall
Vinyl: Siding, EIFS, Synthetic Stucco

09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 5
2.3 SCHEDULE INDEX - EXTERIOR SURFACES (NORMAL EXPOSURE)

A. CONCRETE - (Cementitious Siding, Flexboard, Transite, Shingles (Non-Roof)) ........................ Pages 6-8
1. Latex Systems
2. Elastomeric System
3. Textured Elastomeric System
4. Textured & Smooth Systems
5. Stain System
6. Clear Water Repellant

B. MASONRY - (Concrete Masonry Units Cinder or Concrete Block) .......................................... Pages 8-10
1. Latex Systems
2. Elastomeric System
3. Textured Elastomeric System
4. Textured & Smooth Systems
5. Stain System
6. Clear Water Repellant

C. CONCRETE - (Concrete Floors, Patios, Porches, Steps & Platforms) ........................................... Page 10
1. Acrylic Water-Based System

D. METAL - Aluminum, Galvanized ............................................................................................. Page 10-11
1. Latex Systems

E. METAL Ferrous (Misc. Iron, Ornamental Iron, Structural Iron & Steel) ................................... Page 11
1. Latex Systems

F. WOOD - Decks, Floors, Platforms, non-vehicular ....................................................................... Page 12
1. Acrylic System
2. Stain

G. WOOD - (Siding, Trim, Shutters, Sashes, Misc., Hardboard .................................................... Page 12-13
1. Latex Systems
2. Stain - Water Reducible Systems

H. ARCHITECTURAL PVC, PLASTIC, FIBERGLASS ........................................................................... Page 13-14
1. Latex Systems

I. DRYWALL - (Gypsum Board, Exterior Drywall) ....................................................................... Page 14-15
1. Latex Systems

J. VINYL SIDING, EIFS, Synthetic Stucco ...................................................................................... Page 15-16
1. Latex Systems

Index of Data pages

DATAPAGES AND MSDS SHEETS: (To open any of the Data page Files, please click here)


Refer to the current MSDS/EDS for specific VOCs (calculated per 40 CFR 59.406). VOCs may vary by base and
sheen.


09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 6
EDIT THIS SCHEDULE TO SELECT PRODUCT AND FINISH DESIRED

2.3 SCHEDULE
A. CONCRETE - (Cementitious Siding, Flexboard, Transite Board, Shingles (Non-Roof), Common Brick,
Stucco, Tilt-up, Precast, and Poured-in-place Cement)
1. Latex Systems
a. Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon

Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300


(8 mils wet, 3.2 dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100

Exterior Latex Gloss, A8 Series


3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss, A8 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300
(8 mils wet, 3.2 dry)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience

Latex Gloss, K44 Series


3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Gloss, K44 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat)

b. Semi-Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300
(8 mils wet, 3.2 mils dry)
2
nd
Coat: S-W Solo

Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series


3
rd
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
(4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

c. Satin Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300
(8 mils wet, 3.2 dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300
(8 mils wet, 3.2 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.52 mils dry per coat)

d. Low Sheen Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300
(8 mils wet, 3.2 dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

e. Flat Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300
(8 mils wet, 3.2 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry per coat)

09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 7



Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300
(8 mils wet, 3.2 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.56 mils dry per coat)

High Build Coating
1st Coat: S-W Loxon XP, A24-1400 Series
(14-18 mils wet; 6.4-8.3 mils dry)

2. Elastomeric System (not including; cementitious siding, Flexboard, Transite board, shingles (Non-Roof))
a. Flat Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300
(8 mils wet, 3.2 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W ConFlex XL Elastomeric High Build Coating, A5-400 Series
3rd Coat: S-W ConFlex XL Elastomeric High Build Coating, A5-400 Series
(16 mils wet, 7.5 mils dry per coat)
Alternate:
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Block Surfacer, A24W200
(50-100 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W SherLastic

Elastomeric Coating, A5 Series


3rd Coat: S-W SherLastic Elastomeric Coating, A5 Series
(14 mils wet, 6 mils dry per coat)

3. Textured Elastomeric System
a. Textured Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300
(8 mils wet, 3.2 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W ConFlex XL Elastomeric High Build Coating, A5-400 Series
(16 mils wet, 7.5 mils dry per coat)
3rd Coat: S-W ConFlex XL Textured Elastomeric High Build Coating, A5-800
(Fine, Medium, Extra Coarse) (20 mils wet, 9.4 mils dry per coat)

4. Textured & Smooth Systems
a. Textured (Water based Finish)
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Block Surfacer, A24W200
(50-100 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W UltraCrete Textured Masonry Topcoat, A44-800 Series
(Fine, Medium, Extra Coarse) (50-80 sq ft/gal)

b. Textured Finish (Solvent Based)
1st Coat: S-W UltraCrete Smooth Masonry Water Proof Topcoat, B46 Series
(100-160 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W UltraCrete Textured Masonry Water Proof Topcoat, B46 Series
(Fine, Medium, Extra Coarse) (50-80 sq ft/gal)

c. Smooth (Water based Finish)
1st Coat: S-W Loxon XP, A24-1400 Series
2nd Coat: S-W Loxon XP, A24-1400 Series
(14-18 mils wet; 6.4-8.3 mils dry) optional

09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 8

5. Stain System
a. Solid Color Waterborne Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Vertical Concrete Stain, A31 Series
2nd Coat: S-W Loxon Vertical Concrete Stain, A31 Series
(50-250 sq/ft gal)

6. Clear Water Repellant
a. Clear
1st Coat: S-W Loxon 7% Siloxane Water Repellant, A10T7
2nd Coat: S-W Loxon 7% Siloxane Water Repellant, A10T7
(50-200 sq ft/ gal)

B. MASONRY (Concrete Masonry Units [CMU] - Cinder or Concrete Block)
1. Latex Systems
a. Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite

Block Filler, B25W25


(75-125 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss, A8
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss, A8
(4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite Block Filler, B25W25
(75-125 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Gloss, K44 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Gloss, K44 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat)

b. Semi-Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite Block Filler, B25W25
(75-125 sq ft/gal)
2
nd
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
3
rd
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
(4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

c. Satin Finish
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite Block Filler, B25W25
(75-125 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Block Surfacer, A24W200
(50-100 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.52 mils dry per coat)

d. Low Sheen Finish
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite Block Filler, B25W25
(75-125 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series
09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 9
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

e. Flat Finish
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite Block Filler, B25W25
(75-125 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Block Surfacer, A24W200
(50-100 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.56 mils dry per coat)

High Build Coating
1st Coat: S-W Loxon XP, A24-1400 Series
(14-18 mils wet; 6.4-8.3 mils dry)

2. Elastomeric System
a. Flat Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Block Surfacer, A24W200
(50-100 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W ConFlex XL Elastomeric High Build Coating, A5-400 Series
3rd Coat: S-W ConFlex XL Elastomeric High Build Coating, A5-400 Series
(16 mils wet, 7.5 mils dry per coat)
Alternate:
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Block Surfacer, A24W200
(50-100 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W Sherlastic Elastomeric Coating, A5 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Sherlastic Elastomeric Coating, A5 Series
(14 mils wet, 6 mils dry per coat)

3. Textured Elastomeric System
a. Textured Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Block Surfacer, A24W200
(50-100 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W ConFlex XL Elastomeric High Build Coating, A5-400 Series
(16 mils wet, 7.5 mils dry per coat)
3rd Coat: S-W ConFlex XL Textured Elastomeric High Build Coating, A5-800
(Fine, Medium, Extra Coarse) (20 mils wet, 9.4 mils dry per coat)

4. Textured & Smooth Masonry System
a. Textured (Water Based Finish)
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Block Surfacer, A24W200
(50-100 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W UltraCrete Textured Masonry Topcoat, A44-800 Series
(Fine, Medium, Extra Coarse) (50-80 sq ft/ gal)


b. Textured Finish (Solvent Based)
1st Coat: S-W UltraCrete Smooth Masonry Water Proof Topcoat, B46 Series
(100-160 sq ft/gal)
2nd Coat: S-W UltraCrete Textured Masonry Water Proof Topcoat, B46 Series
09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 10
(Fine, Medium, Extra Coarse) (50-80 sq ft/gal)

c. Smooth (Water Based Finish)
1st Coat: S-W Loxon XP, A24-1400 Series
2nd Coat: S-W Loxon XP, A24-1400 Series
(14-18 mils wet; 6.4-8.3 mils dry) optional

5. Stain System
a. Solid Color Waterborne Finish
1st Coat: S-W Loxon Vertical Concrete Stain, A31 Series
2nd Coat: S-W Loxon Vertical Concrete Stain, A31 Series
(50-250 sq/ft gal)

6. Clear Water Repellant
a. Clear
1st Coat: S-W Loxon 7% Siloxane Water Repellant, A10T7
2nd Coat: S-W Loxon 7% Siloxane Water Repellant, A10T7
(50-200 sq ft/ gal)

C. CONCRETE- (Concrete Floors, Patios, Porches, Steps & Platforms, non-vehicular)
1. Acrylic System Water-Based
a. Floor Finish
1st Coat: S-W Porch & Floor Enamel, A32-Series
2nd Coat: S-W Porch & Floor Enamel, A32-Series
(4mils wet; 1.5 mils dry per coat)
Alternate:
1st Coat: S-W Sher-Crete Flexible Concrete Waterproofer, A5 Series
2nd Coat: S-W Sher-Crete Flexible Concrete Waterproofer, A5 Series
(10-12 mils wet per coat)

2. Solid Stain Finish
a. Low Luster Finish
1st Coat: S-W H&C Concrete Stain Solid Color Water Based
2nd Coat: S-W H&C Concrete Stain Solid Color Water Based
(50-250 sq ft/ gal)

D. METAL Aluminum/ Galvanized
1. Latex Systems
a. Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss, A8
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss, A8
(4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Gloss, K44 Series
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Gloss, K44 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat)

b. Semi-Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
2
nd
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
(4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

c. Satin Finish
1st Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 11
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)
1st Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.52 mils dry per coat)

d. Low Sheen Finish
1st Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

e. Flat Finish
1st Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry per coat)


** NOTE TO SPECIFIER** For High Performance Metal Systems refer to 09 96 00

E. METAL Ferrous- (Misc. Iron, Ornamental Iron, Structural Iron & Steel,)
1. Latex Systems
a. Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W Pro Industrial

Pro-Cryl

Universal Primer, B66-310 Series


(5-10 mils wet, 2-4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss, A8 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss, A8 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat)

b. Semi-Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series
(5-10 mils wet, 2-4 mils dry)
2
nd
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
3
rd
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
(4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)


** NOTE TO SPECIFIER** For High Performance Metal Systems refer to 09 96 00


F. WOOD- Decks, (including pressure treated lumber) (Floors, Platforms non-vehicular)
1. Acrylic System
a. Satin Floor Finish
1st Coat: S-W Porch & Floor Enamel, A32-Series
2nd Coat: S-W Porch & Floor Enamel, A32-Series
(4mils wet; 1.5 mils dry per coat)

2. Stain Systems
a. Solid Color Acrylic Latex
1st Coat: S-W DeckScapes Exterior Acrylic Solid Color Deck Stain, A15-150 Series
2nd Coat: S-W DeckScapes Exterior Acrylic Solid Color Deck Stain, A15-150 Series
09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 12
(200-400 s/f per gal.)

b. Semi-Transparent Stain
1st Coat: S-W DeckScapes Exterior Waterborne Deck Stain, A15T15 Series
2nd Coat: S-W DeckScapes Exterior Waterborne Deck Stain, A15T15 Series
(100- 350 s/f per gal)
c. Clear Stain
1st Coat: S-W DeckScapes Exterior Waterborne Clear, A15T260
2nd Coat: S-W DeckScapes Exterior Waterborne Clear, A15T260
(150-300 sq/ft gal)

G. WOOD (Siding, Trim, Shutters, Sashes, Hardboard-Bare/Primed)
1. Latex Systems
a. Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex, Gloss, A8
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex, Gloss, A8
(4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Gloss, K44 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Gloss, K44 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat)

b. Semi-Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2
nd
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
3
rd
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
(4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

c. Satin Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.52 mils dry per coat)

d. Low Sheen Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 13



e. Flat Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.56 mils dry per coat)

2. Stain - Water Reducible Systems
a. Semi-Transparent
1st Coat: S-W WoodScapes

Semi-Transparent Stain, A15T5


2nd Coat: S-W WoodScapes Semi-Transparent Stain, A15T5
(100-350 sq ft/gal)
b. Solid Color
1st Coat: S-W WoodScapes Solid Color Stain, A15 Series
2nd Coat: S-W WoodScapes Solid Color Stain, A15 Series
(200-400 sq ft/gal)

Alternate:
1st Coat: S-W ProMar Solid Color Stain, A16 Series
2nd Coat: S-W ProMar Solid Color Stain, A16 Series
(200-400 sq ft/gal)

H. ARCHITECTURAL PVC, PLASTIC, FIBERGLASS
(due to the variety of substrate, check for compatibility)
1. Latex Systems
a. Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite ProBlock Latex Primer/ Sealer, B51 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss, A8
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss, A8
(4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite ProBlock Latex Primer/ Sealer, B51 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Gloss, K44 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Gloss, K44 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat)

b. Semi-Gloss
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite ProBlock Latex Primer/ Sealer, B51 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2
nd
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
3
rd
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
(4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)
09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 14

c. Satin Finish
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite ProBlock Latex Primer/ Sealer, B51 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite ProBlock Latex Primer/ Sealer, B51 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.52 mils dry per coat)

d. Low Sheen Finish
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite

ProBlock

Latex Primer/ Sealer, B51 Series


(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

e. Flat Finish
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite ProBlock Latex Primer/ Sealer, B51 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W PrepRite ProBlock Latex Primer/ Sealer, B51 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.56 mils dry per coat)

I. DRYWALL (Gypsum Board, Exterior Drywall)
1. Latex Systems
a. Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss, A8
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss, A8
(4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Gloss, K44 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Gloss, K44 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat)

b. Semi-Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 15
2
nd
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
3
rd
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
(4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

c. Satin Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.52 mils dry per coat)

d. Low Sheen Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

e. Flat Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry per coat)

Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W8041
(4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry)
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
3rd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.56 mils dry per coat)


J. VINYL SIDING EIFS, SYNTHETIC STUCCO
1. Latex Systems
a. Gloss Finish
1st Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss, A8
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss, A8
(4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat)

VinylSafe Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Gloss, K44 Series
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Gloss, K44 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat)

b. Semi-Gloss Finish
1
st
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
2
nd
Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series
09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 16
(4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

c. Satin Finish
1st Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

VinylSafe Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Satin, K43 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.52 mils dry per coat)

d. Low Sheen Finish
1st Coat: S-W A-100

Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series


2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, A12 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat)

e. Flat Finish
1st Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry per coat)

VinylSafe Early Moisture Resistant Finish
1st Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
2nd Coat: S-W Resilience Latex Flat, K42 Series
(4 mils wet, 1.56 mils dry per coat)


09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 17
2.4 MATERIALS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A Paints and Coatings - General:
1 Unless otherwise indicated, provide factory-mixed coatings. When required, mix coatings to correct
consistency in accordance with manufacturer's instructions before application. Do not reduce, thin,
or dilute coatings or add materials to coatings unless such a procedure is specifically described in
manufacturer's product instructions. VOCs need to be confirmed by using the products MSDS sheets.

B Primers:
1 Where the manufacturer offers options on primers for a particular substrate, use primer categorized
as "best" by the manufacturer.

2.5 ACCESSORIES:

A Coating Application Accessories:
1 Provide all primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up
materials required per manufacturers specifications.

Part 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A Do not begin application of coatings until substrates have been properly examined and prepared. Notify
Architect of unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding

B If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory
preparation before proceeding.

C Proceed with work only after conditions have been corrected, and approved by all parties, otherwise
application of coatings will be considered as an acceptance of surface conditions.
D Previously Painted Surfaces: Verify that existing painted surfaces do not contain lead based paints, notify
Architect immediately if lead based paints are encountered.
(Specifier Note: Verify the existence of lead based paints on the project. Buildings constructed after 1978 are less
likely to contain lead based paints. If lead based paints are suspected on the project, all removal must be done in
accordance with the EPA Renovation, Repair and Painting rule and all applicable state and local regulations. State
and local regulations may be more strict than those set under the federal regulations Verify that Owner has
completed a Hazardous Material Assessment Report for the project prior to issuing of Drawings. Concluding that no
lead based paints were found on project site, delete paragraph regarding lead based paints.)

3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION:
WARNING! Removal of old paint by sanding, scraping or other means may generate dust or fumes that contain
lead. Exposure to lead dust or fumes may cause brain damage or other adverse health effects, especially in
children or pregnant women. Controlling exposure to lead or other hazardous substances requires the use of
proper protective equipment, such as a properly fitted respirator (NIOSH approved) and proper containment
and cleanup. For more information, call the National Lead Information Center at 1-800-424-LEAD (in US) or
contact your local health authority. Removal must be done in accordance with EPA Renovation, Repair and
Painting Rule and all related state and local regulations. Care should be taken to follow all state and local
regulations which may be more strict than those set under the federal RRP Rule.

A. Proper product selection, surface preparation, and application affect coating performance. Coating
integrity and service life will be reduced because of improperly prepared surfaces. Selection and
implementation of proper surface preparation ensures coating adhesion to the substrate and prolongs the
service life of the coating system.
09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 18

B. Selection of the proper method of surface preparation depends on the substrate, the environment, and
the expected service life of the coating system. Economics, surface contamination, and the effect on the
substrate will also influence the selection of surface preparation methods.

C. The surface must be dry and in sound condition. Remove oil, dust, dirt, loose rust, peeling paint or other
contamination to ensure good adhesion.

D. Remove mildew before painting by washing with a solution of 1 part liquid household bleach and 3 parts
of warm water. Apply the solution and scrub the mildewed area. Allow the solution to remain on the
surface for 10 minutes. Rinse thoroughly with clean water and allow the surface to dry 48 hours before
painting. Wear protective glasses or goggles, waterproof gloves, and protective clothing. Quickly wash off
any of the mixture that comes in contact with your skin. Do not add detergents or ammonia to the
bleach/water solution.

E. No exterior painting should be done immediately after a rain, during foggy weather, when rain is
predicted, or when the temperature is below 50F, unless products are designed specifically for these
conditions. On large expanses of metal siding, the air, surface and material temperatures must be 50F or
higher to use low temperature products.

F. Methods:

1 Aluminum
Remove all oil, grease, dirt, oxide and other foreign material by cleaning per SSPC-SP1, Solvent
Cleaning.

2 Block (Cinder and Concrete)
Remove all loose mortar and foreign material. Surface must be free of laitance, concrete dust, dirt,
form release agents, moisture curing membranes, loose cement, and hardeners. Concrete and mortar
must be cured at least 30 days at 75F, unless the manufactures products are designed for application
prior to the 30-day period. The pH of the surface should be between 6 and 9, unless the products are
designed to be used in high pH environments. On tilt-up and poured-in-place concrete, commercial
detergents and abrasive blasting may be necessary to prepare the surface. Fill bug holes, air pockets,
and other voids with a cement patching compound.

3 Concrete, SSPC-SP13 or NACE 6
This standard gives requirements for surface preparation of concrete by mechanical, chemical, or
thermal methods prior to the application of bonded protective coating or lining systems. The
requirements of this standard are applicable to all types of cementitious surfaces including cast-in-
place concrete floors and walls, precast slabs, masonry walls, and shotcrete surfaces. An acceptable
prepared concrete surface should be free of contaminants, laitance, loosely adhering concrete, and
dust, and should provide a sound, uniform substrate suitable for the application of protective coating
or lining systems.

4 Cement Composition Siding/Panels
Remove all surface contamination by washing with an appropriate cleaner, rinse thoroughly and
allow to dry. Existing peeled or checked paint should be scraped and sanded to a sound surface.
Pressure clean, if needed, with a minimum of 2100 psi pressure to remove all dirt, dust, grease, oil,
loose particles, laitance, foreign material, and peeling or defective coatings. Allow the surface to dry
thoroughly. The pH of the surface should be between 6 and 9, unless the products are designed to be
used in high pH environments.

5 Copper and Stainless Steel
Remove all oil, grease, dirt, oxide and other foreign material by cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Hand Tool
Cleaning.
09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 19

6 DrywallExterior
Must be clean and dry. All nail heads must be set and spackled. Joints must be taped and covered
with a joint compound. Spackled nail heads and tape joints must be sanded smooth and all dust
removed prior to painting. Exterior surfaces must be spackled with exterior grade compounds.

7 Exterior Composition Board (Hardboard)
Some composition boards may exude a waxy material that must be removed with a solvent prior to
coating. Whether factory primed or unprimed, exterior composition board siding (hardboard) must
be cleaned thoroughly and primed with an alkyd primer.
8 Galvanized Metal
Clean per SSPC-SP1 using detergent and water or a degreasing cleaner to remove greases and oils.
Apply a test area, priming as required. Allow the coating to dry at least one week before testing. If
adhesion is poor, Brush Blast per SSPC-SP7 is necessary to remove these treatments.

9 Steel: Structural, Plate, etc.
Should be cleaned by one or more of the surface preparations described below. These methods are
used throughout the world for describing methods for cleaning structural steel. Visual standards are
available through the Society of Protective Coatings. A brief description of these standards together
with numbers by which they can be specified follow.

10 Solvent Cleaning, SSPC-SP1
Solvent cleaning is a method for removing all visible oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds,
and other soluble contaminants. Solvent cleaning does not remove rust or mill scale. Change rags and
cleaning solution frequently so that deposits of oil and grease are not spread over additional areas in
the cleaning process. Be sure to allow adequate ventilation.

11 Hand Tool Cleaning, SSPC-SP2
Hand Tool Cleaning removes all loose mill scale, loose rust, and other detrimental foreign matter. It is
not intended that adherent mill scale, rust, and paint be removed by this process. Before hand tool
cleaning, remove visible oil, grease, soluble welding residues, and salts by the methods outlined in
SSPC-SP1.

12 Power Tool Cleaning, SSPC-SP3
Power Tool Cleaning removes all loose mill scale, loose rust, and other detrimental foreign matter. It
is not intended that adherent mill scale, rust, and paint be removed by this process. Before power
tool cleaning, remove visible oil, grease, soluble welding residues, and salts by the methods outlined
in SSPC-SP1.

13 White Metal Blast Cleaning, SSPC-SP5 or NACE 1
A White Metal Blast Cleaned surface, when viewed without magnification, shall be free of all visible
oil, grease, dirt, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter.
Before blast cleaning, visible deposits of oil or grease shall be removed by any of the methods
specified in SSPC-SP1 or other agreed upon methods.

14 Commercial Blast Cleaning, SSPC-SP6 or NACE 3
A Commercial Blast Cleaned surface, when viewed without magnification, shall be free of all visible
oil, grease, dirt, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter,
except for staining. Staining shall be limited to no more than 33 percent of each square inch of
surface area and may consist of light shadows, slight streaks, or minor discoloration caused by stains
of rust, stains of mill scale, or stains of previously applied paint. Before blast cleaning, visible deposits
of oil or grease shall be removed by any of the methods specified in SSPC-SP1 or other agreed upon
methods.


09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 20

15 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning, SSPC-SP7 or NACE 4
A Brush-Off Blast Cleaned surface, when viewed without magnification, shall be free of all visible oil,
grease, dirt, dust, loose mill scale, loose rust, and loose paint. Tightly adherent mill scale, rust, and
paint may remain on the surface. Before blast cleaning, visible deposits of oil or grease shall be
removed by any of the methods specified in SSPC-SP 1 or other agreed upon methods.

16 Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal, SSPC-SP11
Metallic surfaces that are prepared according to this specification, when viewed without
magnification, shall be free of all visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxide corrosion
products, and other foreign matter. Slight residues of rust and paint may be left in the lower portions
of pits if the original surface is pitted. Prior to power tool surface preparation, remove visible deposits
of oil or grease by any of the methods specified in SSPC-SP1, Solvent Cleaning, or other agreed upon
methods.

17 Near-White Blast Cleaning, SSPC-SP10 or NACE 2
A Near White Blast Cleaned surface, when viewed without magnification, shall be free of all visible oil,
grease, dirt, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter, except
for staining. Staining shall be limited to no more than 5 percent of each square inch of surface area
and may consist of light shadows, slight streaks, or minor discoloration caused by stains of rust, stains
of mill scale, or stains of previously applied paint. Before blast cleaning, visible deposits of oil or
grease shall be removed by any of the methods specified in SSPC-SP1 or other agreed upon methods.

18 High- and Ultra-High Pressure Water Jetting for Steel and Other Hard Materials
SSPC-SP12 or NACE 5
This standard provides requirements for the use of high- and ultra-high pressure water jetting to
achieve various degrees of surface cleanliness. This standard is limited in scope to the use of water
only without the addition of solid particles in the stream.

19 Water Blasting, NACE Standard RP-01-72
Removal of oil grease dirt, loose rust, loose mill scale, and loose paint by water at pressures of 2,000
to 2,500 psi at a flow of 4 to 14 gallons per minute.

20 Stucco
Must be clean and free of any loose stucco. If recommended procedures for applying stucco are
followed, and normal drying conditions prevail, the surface may be painted in 30 days. The pH of the
surface should be between 6 and 9, unless the products are designed to be used in high pH
environments such as Loxon.

21 WoodExterior
Must be clean and dry. Knots and pitch streaks must be scraped, sanded, and spot primed before a
full priming coat is applied. Patch all nail holes and imperfections with a wood filler or putty and sand
smooth.

22 Vinyl Siding, Architectural Plastics, EIFS and Fiberglass
Clean vinyl siding thoroughly by scrubbing with a warm, soapy water solution. Rinse thoroughly. Do
not paint with any color darker than the original siding, unless the paint system features Sherwin-
Williams VinylSafe technology. Painting with darker colors that are not Sherwin-Williams VinylSafe
may cause siding to warping.






09 91 13 Exterior Paints & Coatings 21

3.3 INSTALLATION

A Apply all coatings and materials with the manufacturers specifications in mind. Mix and thin coatings
according to manufacturers recommendation.

B Do not apply to wet or damp surfaces.

1 Wait at least 30 days before applying to new concrete or masonry. Or follow manufacturers
procedures to apply appropriate coatings prior to 30 days.
2 Test new concrete for moisture content.
3 Wait until wood is fully dry after rain or morning fog or dew.

C Apply coatings using methods recommended by manufacturer.

D Uniformly apply coatings without runs, drips, or sags, without brush marks, and with consistent sheen.

E Apply coatings at spreading rate required to achieve the manufacturers recommended dry film thickness.

F Regardless of number of coats specified, apply as many coats as necessary for complete hide.

G Exterior Woodwork: If final painting must be delayed more than 2 weeks after installation of woodwork,
apply primer within 2 weeks and final coating within 2 weeks.

H Inspection: The coated surface must be inspected and approved by the Architect or Engineer just prior to
the application of each coat.

3.4 PROTECTION

A Protect finished coatings from damage until completion of project.

B Touch-up damaged coatings after substantial completion, following manufacturers recommendation for
touch up or repair of damaged coatings. Repair any defects that will hinder the performance of the
coatings.

3.5 SCHEDULES

Specifier Note: Cut and paste the coatings system schedule here (specified in section 2.3 PAINT SCHEDULE),
otherwise delete this section.


END OF SECTION5162013


CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 92 50 Gypsum Board

SECTION 09 92 50 GYPSUM BOARD

PART 1- GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This section includes the following:

1. Gypsum board.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 9 painting Sections for primers applied to gypsum board surfaces.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Samples: For the following products:

1. Trim Accessories: Full-size Sample in 12-inch-long length for each trim
accessory indicated.


1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies,
provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly
indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency.


1.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against
damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and
other causes. Stack panels flat to prevent sagging.


1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum
board manufacturers written recommendations, whichever are more
stringent.

B. Do not install products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 92 50 Gypsum Board

C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and
those that are mold damaged.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PANELS, GENERAL

A. Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize
joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated.


2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

A. General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as
applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent.

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the
Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. American Gypsum Co.
b. BPB America Inc.
c. G-P Gypsum.
d. Lafarge North America Inc.
e. National Gypsum Company.
f. PASCO Gypsum.
g. Temple.
h. USG Corporation.

B. Moisture-Resistant Type: With moisture- and mold-resistant core and surfaces.

1. Core: 5/8 inch, Type MR - X.
2. Long Edges: Tapered.


2.3 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.

B. Joint Tape:

1. Gypsum Wallboard: USG SHEETROCK Fiberglass Drywall Tape

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 92 50 Gypsum Board


C. Joint Compound: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other
compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.

1. Gypsum Wallboard: USG SHEETROCK Durabond 20, 45 or 90 depending on
bedding and finishing requirements.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded
hollow- metal frames and framing, for compliance with requirements and
other conditions affecting performance.

B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture
damaged, and mold damaged.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


3.2 APPLYING GYPSUM BOARD

A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations:

1. Regular Type: As indicated on Drawings.
2. Type X: As indicated on Drawings Where required for fire-resistance-rated
assembly.
3. Flexible Type: As indicated on Drawings Apply in double layer at curved
assemblies.
4. Ceiling Type: As indicated on Drawings.
5. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: As indicated on Drawings.

B. Single-Layer Application:

1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to
greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise
indicated.
2. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing)
with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members.
3. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.



CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Marx|Okubo Project No. 14-4045

AUGUST 26, 2014 09 92 50 Gypsum Board


3.3 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD

A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints,
penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to
prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint
compound from adjacent surfaces.

B. Pre-fill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.

C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not
intended for tape.

D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to match existing texture of breezeway,
landing and balcony ceiling according to ASTM C 840:



3.4 PROTECTION

A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct
sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction
period.


B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.





END OF SECTION 09 92 50
CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Tuscaloosa, Alabama



Building 1

Typical building
configurations and
areas of work.
Brick Rowlock and
stucco
Brick header

Meter Rooms


Building 5

Typical building
elevation with high
and low rowlock
locations.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Tuscaloosa, Alabama



Meter Room

Remove roof, joist,
and brick. Rebuild
the roof to provide a
steeper slope for
better drainage.


Meter Rooms

Typical building end
elevation with brick
veneer around meter
room.
A 2' return for the
brick veneer.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Tuscaloosa, Alabama



Meter Rooms

Typical meter room
elevation with
soldier course below
a metal roof edge.


Meter Rooms

Remove membrane
roof and flashing
below the steel shelf
angle.

Steel shelf angle to
remain.




CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Tuscaloosa, Alabama



Balcony Header

Cut new vertical
expansion joints on
each side of the
balcony openings.


Balcony

Cut new vertical
expansion joints on
each side of the
balcony openings.

CRIMSON APARTMENTS
Tuscaloosa, Alabama





Building Three

Typical corner view
of brick and stucco
buildings

Building Four

Typical brick corners
to be repaired on all
buildings. Remove 6
courses stepping
down. Replace the
metal brick ties and
replace with new
brick.

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen